Swedbank

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report

Pillar 3 Annual Report 2025


1

Introduction

This Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report Q4 2025 provides information on Swedbank's risk management and capital adequacy. The report is based on regulatory disclosure requirements set out in the Regulation (EU) 575/2013 "Capital Requirements Regulation" (CRR) and the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority (SFSA) regulation FFFS 2014:12.

Information in this report pertains to the conditions for Swedbank Consolidated Situation as of 31 December 2025, unless otherwise specified.

Swedbank Consolidated Situation is referred to as Swedbank, unless otherwise stated.

This report is submitted by Swedbank AB, incorporated in Sweden, a public limited liability company with registration number 502017-7753, LEI code M312WZV08Y7LYUC71685. This document has not been audited and does not form part of Swedbank AB's audited financial statements.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


2

Regulatory Scope

Section 1 - Disclosure of overview of risk management, key prudential metrics and RWA. 6

Template EU OV1 - Overview of total risk exposure amounts, CRR Article 438 (d) 6

Template EU KM1 - Key metrics template, CRR Article 447(a-g), 438(b) 7

Template EU INS1 - Insurance participations, CRR Article 438(f) 8

Template EU INS2 - Financial conglomerates information on own funds and capital adequacy ratio, CRR Article 438(g) 8

Table EU OVC – ICAAP information, CRR Article 438 (a,c) 8

Template EU CMS1 – Comparison of modelled and standardised risk weighted exposure amounts at risk level, CRR Article 438(da) 9

Template EU CMS2 – Comparison of modelled and standardised risk weighted exposure amounts for credit risk at asset class level, CRR Article 438(da) 10

Section 2 - Disclosure of risk management objectives and policies 11

Table EU OVA – Institutions risk management approach, CRR Article 435(1) 11

Table EU OVB – Disclosures on governance arrangements, CRR Article 435(2) 15

Section 3 - Disclosure of the scope of application 18

Template EU LI1 - Differences between the accounting scope and the scope of prudential consolidation and mapping of financial statement categories with regulatory risk categories, CRR Article 436(c) 18

Template EU LI2 - Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements, CRR Article 436(d) 19

Template EU LI3 - Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation (entity by entity), CRR Article 436(b) 19

Table EU LIA – Explanations of differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts, CRR 436(b) 20

Table EU LIB – Other qualitative information on the scope of application, CRR Article 436(f,g,h) 20

Template EU PV1 - Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA), CRR Article 436(e) 21

Section 4 - Disclosure of own funds 22

Template EU CC1 - Composition of regulatory own funds, CRR Article 437 (a,d,e,f) and Article 444(e) 22

Template EU CC2 - Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to balance sheet in the audited financial statements. CRR Article 437(a) 25

Template EU CCA - Main features of regulatory own funds instruments and eligible liabilities instruments, CRR Article 437(b,c) 26

Section 5 - Disclosure of countercyclical capital buffers 30

Template EU CCyB1 - Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical buffer, CRR Article 440(a) 30

Template EU CCyB2 - Amount of institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer, CRR Article 440(b) 30

Section 6 - Disclosure of leverage ratio 31

Template EU LR1 - LRSum: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures, CRR Article 451 (1)(b) 31

Template EU LR2 - LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure, CRR Article 451 (1)(a,b,c), 451(2), 451(3) 31

Template EU LR3 - LRSpl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures, CRR Article 451 (1)(b) 32

Table EU LRA: Disclosure of LR qualitative information, CRR Article 451(1)(d,e) 33

Section 7 - Disclosure of liquidity requirements 34

Table EU LIQA – Liquidity risk management, CRR Article 435(1), 451a (4) 34

Template EU LIQ1 - Quantitative information of LCR, CRR Article 451a(2) 36

Table EU LIQB on qualitative information on LCR, which complements template EU LIQ1, CRR article 451a(2) 37

Template EU LIQ2 – Net Stable Funding Ratio, CRR Article 451a(3) 38

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


3

Section 8 - Disclosure of credit risk quality...42
Table EU CRA: General qualitative information about credit risk, CRR Article 435(1)(a,b,d,f)...42
Table EU CR8: Additional disclosure related to the credit quality of assets, CRR Article 442(a,b)...44
Template EU CR1 - Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions, CRR Article 442(c,f)...45
Template EU CR1-A - Maturity of exposures, CRR Article 442(g)...46
Template EU CR2 - Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances, CRR Article 442(f)...46
Template EU CR2a - Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances and related net accumulated recoveries, CRR Article 442(c,f)...46
Template EU CQ1 - Credit quality of forborne exposures, CRR Article 442(c)...47
Template EU CQ2 - Quality of forbearance, CRR Article 442(c)...47
Template EU CQ3: Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by past due days, CRR Article 442(d)...48
Template EU CQ4 - Quality of non-performing exposures by geography, CRR Article 442(c,e)...49
Template EU CQ5 - Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry, CRR Article 442(c,e)...50
Template EU CQ6 - Collateral valuation - loans and advances, CRR Article 442(c)...50
Template EU CQ7 - Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes, CRR Article 442(c)...50
Template EU CQ8 - Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes – vintage breakdown, CRR Article 442(c)...51

Section 9 - Disclosure of credit risk mitigation techniques...52
Table EU CRC – Qualitative disclosure requirements related to CRM techniques, CRR Article 453(a-e)...52
Template EU CR3 - CRM techniques overview: Disclosure of the use of credit risk mitigation techniques, CRR Article 453(f)...53

Section 10 - Disclosure of credit risk SA...54
Table EU CRD – Qualitative disclosure requirements related to standardised model, CRR Article 444(a-d)...54
Template EU CR4 - Standardised approach - Credit risk exposure and CRM effects, CRR Article 453(g,h,i) Article 444(e)...55
Template EU CR5 - Standardised approach, CRR Article 444(e)...56

Section 11 - Disclosure of credit risk IRB...57
Table EU CRE – Qualitative disclosure requirements related to IRB approach, CRR Article 452(1)(a-f)...57
Template EU CR6 - IRB approach - Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range, CRR Article 452(g)...59
Template EU CR6-A – Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches, CRR Article 452(b)...62
Template EU CR7 - IRB approach - Effect on the RWEAs of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques, CRR Article 453(j)...63
Template EU CR7-A - IRB approach - Disclosure of the extent of the use of CRM techniques, CRR Article 453(g)...64
Template EU CR8 - RWEA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach, CRR Article 438(h)...65
Template EU CR9 – IRB approach – Back-testing of PD per exposure class (fixed PD scale), CRR Article 452(h)...65
Template EU CR9.1 – IRB approach – Back-testing of PD per exposure class (only for PD estimates according to point (f) of Article 180(1) CRR), CRR Article 452(h)...67

Section 12 - Disclosure of specialised lending and equity exposures...68
Template EU CR10.1 - Specialised lending: Project finance (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)...68
Template EU CR10.2 - Specialised lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)...68
Template EU CR10.3 - Specialised lending: Object finance (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)...68
Template EU CR10.4 - Specialised lending: Commodities finance (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)...68
Template EU CR10.5 - Equity exposures, CRR 438(e)...69

Section 13 - Disclosure of counterparty credit risk...70
Table EU CCRA – Qualitative disclosure related to CCR, CRR Article 439(a-d)...70
Template EU CCR1 - Analysis of CCR exposure by approach, CRR Article 439(f,g,k,m)...71

SWEDBANK
Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


4

Template EU CCR3 - Standardised approach - CCR exposures by regulatory exposure class and risk weights, CRR Article 439(l) ...71
Template EU CCR4 - IRB approach - CCR exposures by exposure class and PD scale, CRR Article 439(l) ...71
Template EU CCR5 - Composition of collateral for CCR exposures, CRR Article 439(e) ...72
Template EU CCR6 - Credit derivatives exposures, CRR Article 439(j) ...73
Template EU CCR7 - RWEA flow statements of CCR exposures under the IMM, CRR Article 438(h) ...73
Template EU CCR8 - Exposures to CCPs, CRR Article 439(i) ...73

Section 14 - Disclosure of exposures to securitisation positions ...74
Table EU-SECA - Qualitative disclosure requirements related to securitisation exposures, CRR Article 449(a-i) ...74
Template EU SEC1 - Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book, CRR Article 449(j) ...75
Template EU SEC2 - Securitisation exposures in the trading book, CRR Article 449(j) ...75
Template EU SEC3 - Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as originator or as sponsor, CRR Article 449(k,i) ...75
Template EU SEC4 - Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as investor, CRR Article 449(k,ii) ...76
Template EU SEC5 - Exposures securitised by the institution - Exposures in default and specific credit risk adjustments, CRR Article 449(l) ...76

Section 15 - Disclosure of market risk ...77
Table EU MRA: Qualitative disclosure requirements related to market risk, CRR Article 435(1) (a-d) ...77
Template EU MR1 - Market risk under the alternative standardised approach, CRR Article 445 ...78
Table EU MRB: Qualitative disclosure requirements for institutions using the internal market risk models, CRR Article 455(a-c,f) ...79
Template EU MR2-A - Market risk under the internal Model Approach (IMA), CRR Article 455(e) ...82
Template EU MR2-B - RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA, CRR Article 438(h) ...82
Template EU MR3 - IMA values for trading portfolios, CRR Article 455(d) ...83
Template EU MR4 - Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses, CRR Article 455(g) ...83

Section 16 - Disclosure of credit valuation adjustment ...84
Table EU CVAA - Qualitative disclosure requirements to credit valuation adjustment risk, CRR Article 445a (1) (a,b) ...84
Template EU CVA1 - Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Reduced Basic Approach, CRR Article 445a (3)(a) ...84
Table EU CVAB - Qualitative disclosure requirements related to CVA risk for institutions using the Standardised Approach, CRR Article 445a(2) (a) ...84
Template EU CVA2 - Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Full Basic Approach, CRR Article 455a(3)(a-b) ...85
Template EU CVA3 - Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Standardised Approach, CRR Article 445a(1)(c), 445a(2)(b-c) ...85
Template EU CVA4 - RWEA flow statements of credit valuation adjustment risk under the Standardised Approach, CRR Article 438(d,h) ...85

Section 17 - Disclosure of operational risk ...86
Table EU ORA - Qualitative information on operational risk, CRR Article 446(1)(a), 435(1) ...86
Template EU OR1 - Operational risk losses, CRR Article 446(2) (a-b) ...88
Template EU OR2 - Business Indicator, components and subcomponents, CRR Article 446(1) (c-d) ...89
Template EU OR3 - Operational risk own funds requirements and risk exposure amounts, CRR Article 446(1) (b) ...89

Section 18 - Disclosure of interest rate risk of non-trading book activities ...90
Table EU IRRBBA - Qualitative information on interest rate risks of non-trading book activities, CRR Article 448(1) (c-g) ...90
Template EU IRRBB1 - Interest rate risks of non-trading book activities, CRR Article 448(1) (a-b) ...91

Section 19 - Disclosure of remuneration policy ...92
Section 20 - Disclosure of encumbered and unencumbered assets ...93

SWEDBANK
Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


5

Template EU AE1 - Encumbered and unencumbered assets, CRR Article 443 ...93
Template EU AE2 - Collateral received and own debt securities issued, CRR Article 443 ...93
Template EU AE3 - Sources of encumbrance, CRR Article 443 ...93
Table EU AE4 – Accompanying narrative information, CRR Article 443 ...94

Section 21 - Disclosure of prudential disclosures on ESG risks ...95
Table 1 – Qualitative information on Environmental risk, CRR Article 449a ...95
Table 2 – Qualitative information on Social risk, CRR Article 449a ...98
Table 3 – Qualitative information on Governance risk, CRR Article 449a ...101
Template 1: Banking book- Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Credit quality of exposures by sector, emissions and residual maturity, CRR Article 449 ...102
Template 2: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Loans collateralised by immovable property - Energy efficiency of the collateral, CRR Article 449a ...106
Template 3: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Alignment metrics, CRR Article 449a ...107
Template 4: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Exposures to top 20 carbon-intensive firms, CRR Article 449a ...109
Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Sweden, CRR Article 449a ...109
Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Estonia, CRR Article 449a ...110
Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Latvia, CRR Article 449a ...111
Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Lithuania, CRR Article 449a ...112

Section 22 - Disclosure of exposures to crypto assets ...114
Template EU CAE1 – Exposures to crypto-assets, CRR Article 501d(2) ...114

Disclosure of MREL TLAC ...115
Template EU KM2 - Key metrics, MREL, CRR Article 447(h) and BRRD Article 45i(3) (a,c) ...115
Template EU TLAC1 – Composition, MREL, BRRD Article 45i.3(b) ...116
Template EU TLAC3a – Creditor ranking – Resolution entity, MREL, BRRD Article 45i(3) (b) ...117

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 1 - Disclosure of overview of risk management, key prudential metrics and RWA

Template EU OV1 - Overview of total risk exposure amounts, CRR Article 438 (d)

SEKm Risk weighted exposure amount (RWEA) Total own funds requirements
a
31 Dec 2025 b
30 Sep 2025 c
31 Dec 2025
1 Credit risk (excluding CCR) 754 349 732 273 60 348
2 Of which the standardised approach 78 322 63 218 6 266
3 Of which the foundation IRB (F-IRB) approach 162 695 161 927 13 016
4 Of which slotting approach 102 117 8
EU 4a Of which equities under the simple risk weighted approach
5 Of which the advanced IRB (A-IRB) approach 292 464 288 737 23 397
6 Counterparty credit risk - CCR 10 736 13 628 859
7 Of which the standardised approach 9 842 11 122 787
8 Of which internal model method (IMM)
EU 8a Of which exposures to a CCP 738 807 59
9 Of which other CCR 156 1 699 12
10 Credit valuation adjustment risk - CVA risk 2 853 3 039 228
EU 10a of which the standardised approach (SA)
EU 10b Of which the basic approach (F-BA and R-BA) 2 853 3 039 228
EU 10c Of which the simplified approach
11 Not applicable
12 Not applicable
13 Not applicable
14 Not applicable
15 Settlement risk 0 0 0
16 Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book (after the cap) 277 247 22
17 Of which SEC-IRBA approach
18 Of which SEC-ERBA (including IAA)
19 Of which SEC-SA approach 277 247 22
EU 19a Of which 1250%/ deduction
20 Position, foreign exchange and commodities risks (Market risk) 13 771 15 783 1 102
21 Of which the Alternative standardised approach (A-SA)
EU 21a Of which the Simplified standardised approach (S-SA) 4 942 6 445 395
22 Of which Alternative Internal Model Approach (A-IMA)
EU 22a Large exposures
23 Reclassifications between the trading and non-trading books
24 Operational risk 150 104 135 851 12 008
EU 24a Exposures to crypto-assets
25 Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) 36 805 34 242 2 944
26 Output floor applied (%) 50.00% 50.00%
27 Floor adjustment (before application of transitional cap)
28 Floor adjustment (after application of transitional cap)
29 Total 932 090 900 821 74 567

Total REA increased by SEK 31.3bn in Q4 2025 compared to Q3 2025 with the largest drivers being increased credit risk REA (SEK 22.1bn) and operational risk REA (SEK 14.3bn), which have been partially offset by decreases in counterparty credit risk (SEK 2.9bn) and market risk REA (SEK 2.0bn).

Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk - CCR), also includes the RWA for the mortgage floor add-on, the add-on for corporate real estate exposures in Norway, CRE & RRE floors (Article 458 CRR) and Article 3 add-on.

Operational risk REA increased REA by SEK 14.3bn, due to the rolling three-year average of total net income being higher this year compared to last year.

Counterparty credit risk REA decreased by SEK 2.9bn, mainly due to REA decrease in securities financing transactions netting sets due to implementation of new exposure calculations with netting based on CRR3 rules, and REA decrease in derivatives due to decrease in potential future exposure (SEK 0.6bn) and replacement costs (SEK 0.3bn).

Total market risk REA decreased by SEK 2.0bn, mainly due to specific interest rate risk (SEK 1.4bn), which was driven by decreased positions in Swedish institutions covered bonds (SEK 0.5bn), Swedish and Finnish corporate debt instruments (SEK 0.4bn and SEK 0.4bn respectively).

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU KM1 - Key metrics template, CRR Article 447(a-g), 438(b)

SEKm a31 Dec 2025 b30 Sep 2025 c30 Jun 2025 d31 Mar 2025 e31 Dec 2024
Available own funds (amounts)
1 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 166 099 177 051 175 081 172 843 172 620
2 Tier 1 capital 181 239 192 284 190 658 188 906 189 809
3 Total capital 204 483 216 038 209 222 207 271 209 547
Risk-weighted exposure amounts
4 Total risk exposure amount 932 090 900 821 888 540 876 721 871 902
4a Total risk exposure pre-floor 932 090 900 821 888 540 876 721
Capital ratios (as a percentage of risk-weighted exposure amount)
5 Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (%) 17.82% 19.65% 19.70% 19.71% 19.80%
5a Not applicable
5b Common Equity Tier 1 ratio considering unifloored TREA (%) 17.82% 19.65% 19.70% 19.71%
6 Tier 1 ratio (%) 19.44% 21.35% 21.46% 21.55% 21.77%
6a Not applicable
6b Tier 1 ratio considering unifloored TREA (%) 19.44% 21.35% 21.46% 21.55%
7 Total capital ratio (%) 21.94% 23.98% 23.55% 23.64% 24.03%
7a Not applicable
7b Total capital ratio considering unifloored TREA (%) 21.94% 23.98% 23.55% 23.64%
Additional own funds requirements to address risks other than the risk of excessive leverage (as a percentage of risk-weighted exposure amount)
EU 7d Additional own funds requirements to address risks other than the risk of excessive leverage (%) 2.16% 2.16% 2.79% 2.79% 2.79%
EU 7e of which: to be made up of CET1 capital (percentage points) 1.46% 1.46% 1.87% 1.87% 1.87%
EU 7f of which: to be made up of Tier 1 capital (percentage points) 1.69% 1.69% 2.16% 2.16% 2.16%
EU 7g Total SREP own funds requirements (%) 10.16% 10.16% 10.79% 10.79% 10.79%
Combined buffer and overall capital requirement (as a percentage of risk-weighted exposure amount)
8 Capital conservation buffer (%) 2.50% 2.50% 2.50% 2.50% 2.50%
EU 8a Conservation buffer due to macro-prudential or systemic risk identified at the level of a Member State (%)
9 Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer (%) 1.77% 1.76% 1.78% 1.75% 1.72%
EU 9a Systemic risk buffer (%) 3.09% 3.09% 3.08% 3.08% 3.08%
10 Global Systemically Important Institution buffer (%)
EU 10a Other Systemically Important Institution buffer 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00%
11 Combined buffer requirement (%) 8.36% 8.35% 8.36% 8.33% 8.30%
EU 11a Overall capital requirements (%) 18.52% 18.51% 19.15% 19.12% 19.09%
12 CET1 available after meeting the total SREP own funds requirements (%) 11.75% 13.66% 12.76% 12.85% 13.24%
Leverage ratio
13 Total exposure measure 2 761 434 2 893 956 2 853 641 2 843 776 2 790 854
14 Leverage ratio (%) 6.56% 6.64% 6.68% 6.64% 6.80%
Additional own funds requirements to address the risk of excessive leverage (as a percentage of total exposure measure)
EU 14a Additional own funds requirements to address the risk of excessive leverage (%)
EU 14b of which: to be made up of CET1 capital (percentage points)
EU 14c Total SREP leverage ratio requirements (%) 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%
Leverage ratio buffer and overall leverage ratio requirement (as a percentage of total exposure measure)
EU 14d Leverage ratio buffer requirement (%)
EU 14e Overall leverage ratio requirement (%) 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) (Weighted value -average) 646 577 676 492 694 115 698 231 692 476
EU 16a Cash outflows - Total weighted value 457 665 470 601 475 527 472 004 467 304
EU 16b Cash inflows - Total weighted value 65 037 63 037 63 226 58 994 56 180
16 Total net cash outflows (adjusted value) 392 628 407 564 412 302 413 010 411 124
17 Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 165.14% 167.05% 169.39% 170.26% 169.70%
Net Stable Funding Ratio
18 Total available stable funding 1 830 750 1 851 232 1 828 265 1 774 805 1 795 743
19 Total required stable funding 1 477 043 1 447 493 1 424 320 1 409 373 1 418 861
20 NSFR ratio (%) 123.95% 127.89% 128.36% 125.93% 126.56%

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio decreased by 183 bps to 17.82 per cent as compared to Q3 2025. CET1 capital decreased by SEK 11.0bn, which decreased CET1 ratio by 117 bps, mainly due to special dividend, which decreased profit after anticipated dividends by SEK 8.1bn and increased deductions for intangible assets, which decreased CET1 capital by SEK 2.0bn. REA increased in total by SEK 31.3bn, which decreased the ratio by 66 bps. As detailed in OV1 and CR8 templates, REA increase was mainly driven by changes in credit risk and operational risk.

Tier 1 ratio decreased by 191 bps and Total capital ratio decreased by 204 bps mainly due to special dividend which decreased profit after dividends.

Leverage ratio decreased by 8bps to 6.56 per cent due to decreased Tier 1 capital by SEK 11.4bn compared to Q3 2025.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


8

Template EU INS1 - Insurance participations, CRR Article 438(f)

31 December 2025 a b
SEKm Exposure value Risk exposure amount
1 Own fund instruments held in insurance or re-insurance undertakings or insurance holding company not deducted from own funds

Swedbank does not deduct investments in insurance undertakings as the sum of such investments is less than 10 per cent of the Common Equity Tier 1. This is in accordance with CRR Article 48 (1)(b) and not from a permission in accordance with Article 49 (1) of the CRR.

Template EU INS2 - Financial conglomerates information on own funds and capital adequacy ratio, CRR Article 438(g)

| SEKm | a
31 Dec 2025 |
| --- | --- |
| 1 Supplementary own fund requirements of the financial conglomerate (amount) | 215 869 |
| 2 Capital adequacy ratio of the financial conglomerate (%) | 114.3% |

Table EU OVC - ICAAP information, CRR Article 438 (a,c)

Legal basis Row number ICAAP information
Article 438(a) CRR (a) Approach to assessing the adequacy of the internal capital
The Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) takes into consideration all material risks that arise within the Group. In addition to Pillar 1 risks, all other significant risk types are evaluated in the ICAAP stress tests under Pillar 2 framework through Swedbank's own Economic Capital (EC) models. Complementing the economic capital calculation, the Bank is subjected to scenario-based stress tests over a 3Y horizon annually. The quantitative forecast of capital and risk-weighted assets in the stress test serves as a basis of proactive risk and capital management.
Article 438(c) CRR (b) Internal capital adequacy assessment process
Swedbank uses macroeconomic scenario-based stress tests in the ICAAP to assess its solvency and capital need under adverse conditions.
The scenarios developed for the ICAAP stress test rests on a cache of risk factors identified by Swedbank during the risk identification session that precedes the scenario development process. It aims at isolating the global and regional risk factors most relevant to Swedbank's home markets. Among the identified scenario variables are GDP, interest rates, inflation, unemployment rates, real estate, equity prices, and exchange rates. Since climate risk drivers bring about micro prudential risks to financial institutions - the exercise explores the impact of physical risks to real estate values and transition risks to corporate loans.
With the macroeconomic scenario inputs, the development of different income statement items, REA and capital base is simulated over the scenario horizon. Profit and loss items such as net interest income and fees and commissions are modelled as per the scenario. While stressing credit risk, Swedbank uses statistical models that transform the adverse macroeconomic scenarios into loss levels for relevant balance sheet items. After stressed REA changes are accounted for, the total impact on capital adequacy is estimated and conclusions are drawn with reference to the regulatory requirements and internal limits. Finally, the stress test outcomes and the methodology are evaluated and discussed by Swedbank's experts and management to ensure consistency and reliability. The scenarios and final outcome of stress tests are presented to the Board for approval.

Economic Capital
EC models are used in conjunction with stress tests to provide an objective internal view of the capital needed to manage potential risks affecting Swedbank. In contrast to the capital assessment within Pillar 1, Swedbank's EC cover all risks at a chosen confidence level. Consequently, the EC generates a more accurate and commensurate assessment of the risk to which Swedbank is exposed. Within the EC framework, credit risk, market risk, operational risk, business risk and pension risk are considered. Generally, Value-at-Risk (VaR) based models with a confidence level of 99.9 per cent are used to calculate the EC for the different risk types in the ICAAP. The confidence level, which corresponds to the confidence level used in the Basel IRB framework calibration, uses a one-year horizon. The insurance companies within Swedbank Group separately perform an annual Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA). The ORSA process assesses the risks and solvency positions by projecting the risk metrics under the base and adverse scenarios. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CMS1 – Comparison of modelled and standardised risk weighted exposure amounts at risk level, CRR Article 438(da)

31 December 2025 a b c d EU d
Risk weighted exposure amounts (RWEAs)
SEKm RWEAs for modelled approaches that banks have supervisory approval to use RWEAs for portfolios where standardised approaches are used Total actual RWEAs (a + b) RWEAs calculated using full standardised approach RWEAs that is the base of the output floor
1 Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) 470 538 78 322 548 860 960 822 916 469
2 Counterparty credit risk 9 360 1 376 10 736 12 419 12 419
3 Credit valuation adjustment 2 853 2 853 2 853 2 853
4 Securitisation exposures in the banking book 277 277 277 277
5 Market risk 8 829 4 942 13 771 16 967 16 967
6 Operational risk 150 104 150 104 150 104 150 104
7 Other risk weighted exposure amounts
8 Total 488 727 237 874 726 601 1 143 442 1 099 089

CMS1 template excludes the other risk exposure amounts, that is the RWA for the mortgage floor add-on, the add-on for corporate real estate exposures in Norway, CRE & RRE floors (Article 458 CRR) and Article 3 add-on (without market risk). Other risk exposure amounts comprised SEK 205.5bn of which SEK 198.9bn is for risk weight floors REA article 458 and SEK 6.6bn is for Article 3 add-on.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CMS2 – Comparison of modelled and standardised risk weighted exposure amounts for credit risk at asset class level, CRR Article 438(da)

SEKm a b c d EU d
Risk weighted exposure amounts (RWEAs)
1 Central governments and central banks 6 400 1 6 400 1
EU 1a Regional governments or local authorities 805 805
EU 1b Public sector entities 236 236
EU 1c Categorised as Multilateral Development Banks in SA
EU 1d Categorised as International organisations in SA
2 Institutions 4 454 4 807 4 787 5 141
3 Equity 38 381 38 381
4 Not applicable
5 Corporates 302 183 213 957 307 220 259 016
5.1 Of which: F-IRB is applied 151 943 191 119 151 943 220 245
5.2 Of which: A-IRB is applied 150 240 236 645 150 240 251 873
EU 5a Of which: Corporates - General 302 081 213 869 307 118 253 892
EU 5b Of which: Corporates - Specialised lending 102 89 102 89
EU 5c Of which: Corporates - Purchased receivables
6 Retail 142 224 49 686 168 406 75 868
6.1 Of which: Retail - Qualifying revolving
EU 6.1a Of which: Retail - Purchased receivables
EU 6.1b Of which: Retail - Other 42 612 49 686 42 612 49 686
6.2 Of which: Retail - Secured by residential real estate 99 612 300 114 99 612 300 114
7 Not applicable
EU 7a Categorised as secured by immovable properties and ADC exposures in SA 545 360 5 017 554 708
EU 7b Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
EU 7c Categorised as exposures in default in SA 8 177 996 9 173
EU 7d Categorised as subordinated debt exposures in SA 0 0 0
EU 7e Categorised as covered bonds in SA 881 0 881
EU 7f Categorised as claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment in SA
8 Other non-credit obligation assets 15 277 15 277 16 612 16 612
9 Total 470 538 838 146 548 860 960 822

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 2 - Disclosure of risk management objectives and policies

Table EU OVA - Institutions risk management approach, CRR Article 435(1)

Legal basis Row number Institution risk management approach
Point (f) of Article 435(1) CRR (a) Risk statement
The Board has decided that Swedbank shall have low risk appetite. The risk appetites set boundaries for and provide guidance on risk-taking for Swedbank. Through implementing a low risk appetite, Swedbank strives to ensure low level of losses, stable earnings and to be a financially sound and sustainable bank with the capacity to support customers also in times of stress. The Board advocates a strong risk culture throughout Swedbank and has established a risk strategy, risk appetite statements, risk limits and a risk management framework. A profound understanding of risks is a prerequisite for sound and informed decisions and is vital to ensure that Swedbank remains sustainable and profitable and with the capacity to support customers also in times of stress. As part of the risk strategy, Swedbank only takes on risks that are well understood and that can be properly managed and controlled. The sound internal risk governance structure and solid risk management within Swedbank underpins the low risk profile.

Sustainable and profitable operations are necessary for Swedbank to be able to fulfil its strategy to empower the many people and businesses to create a better future by offering financial advise, services and products. Hence, implementing the low risk appetite as described in the following will enable Swedbank to deliver on its customer promise.

To ensure that Swedbank is well capitalised, has a strong liquidity position in relation to its risk position and regulatory requirements and that it can maintain business under normal and stressed conditions, Swedbank has low risk appetite for risk to capital and liquidity. In 2025, the capital remained stable with a comfortable distance to both the regulatory requirements and the risk appetite. The CET1 capital ratio was 17.82 per cent of the total risk exposure amount (REA) by year-end and the leverage ratio was 6.56 per cent.

Credit risk comprises around 82 per cent of Swedbank's total REA. Swedbank's credit exposure has low risk, which is confirmed in stress tests. Swedbank aims to build long-term relationships with customers in its home markets and assumes credit risks in a conscious and controlled manner to support its customers. Swedbank's customer base, which mainly consists of private individuals and corporates of all sizes, operating in different sectors in Sweden and the Baltic countries, is the foundation for the low risk. The diversification in terms of number of customers is large and the geographical distribution over Swedbank's home markets is wide. Private mortgages are Swedbank's largest loan segment and amounted at the end of 2025 to SEK 1 070 bn, 57 per cent of Swedbank's total loans to customers, with historically low credit losses.

Swedbank is willing to accept market risk only as part of managing the Group's own financial risks and supporting customer needs. Market risks shall be managed with the aim of having low earnings volatility and preserving the long-term value of the Group while ensuring regulatory compliance. Risk exposure is governed by the risk appetites, which limit the nature and size of market-risk taking. Both qualitative risk appetite statements and quantitative risk appetites in the form of board limits are set to cover market risk in the trading book and banking book respectively. The Group's activity is designed to satisfy the long-term needs of customers.

The Group's low risk appetite for liquidity risk ensures that the Group always is able to continue to serve its customers and shall therefore maintain resilience towards both short-term and long-term liquidity stress without relying on forced asset sales or other business disrupting activities. For the purpose of ensuring that liquidity risk stays within appetite, and ultimately for supporting the Group's strategic goals, the maintenance of a liquidity-generating capacity together with funding planning and risk identification, are central processes within Swedbank's liquidity risk management. Throughout 2025, Swedbank's liquidity position was strong with all key metrics remaining well above internal and regulatory requirements.

Swedbank continuously conduct capital and liquidity stress tests to increase awareness of potential effects from disruptions in the financial markets. The stress tests focus on both Swedbank specific and market related disruptions, and consider combined effects, i.e. scenarios where multiple disruptions occur simultaneously. A key objective of Swedbank's Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) is to ensure that Swedbank's business model remains viable in different scenarios, ranging from adverse to severely adverse developments. In addition to stress testing scenarios, the economic capital calculations consistently demonstrate Swedbank's capital strength. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


12

| | | As a bank for the many private and corporate customers, key operational risks are often those related to the availability of Swedbank's services, fraud prevention and the integrity and confidentiality of the data entrusted to Swedbank. The risk appetite for operational risk is expressed in terms of tolerance for levels and types of risks with respect to Swedbank's overall low operational risk appetite. During 2025, Swedbank has continued to strengthen its operational resilience and ensure high level of availability for the Bank's customers. In addition, Swedbank continuously enhances its fraud monitoring system to effectively identify and prevent fraudulent transactions.

The low risk appetite for Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) risks is supported by the Group's commitment to align its business strategy to the Paris Agreement and to contribute to the fulfilment of the UN Sustainability Developments Goals. The impacts of ESG factors on other risks are considered throughout the risk management process.

The risk appetite for compliance risk is low. During recent years, Swedbank has continued to strengthen its control environment through clear and detailed standards in policies and procedures, supported by Group Compliance's mandate to test and monitor adherence. In addition, Swedbank continuously enhances its oversight mechanisms to effectively identify prohibited and restricted activities, implement expected controls, and maintain focus on financial crime prevention and conduct risk matters.

There has been no intragroup transaction or transaction with related parties of such nature that it has had material impact on Swedbank's risk profile during 2025. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Point (b) of Article 435(1) CRR | (b) | Risk governance structure
Risk arises in all financial operations, hence a profound understanding of risks, a sound risk governance structure and solid risk management are vital to ensure sustainable and profitable operations. A robust and sound risk culture throughout the Group is an essential part of risk management and necessity to accomplish a strong long-term risk-adjusted return. The responsibilities and duties of the Board of Directors of Swedbank AB (publ) (Board) are primarily set out in the Swedish Companies Act, the Banking and Financing Business Act, the Securities Market Act and the Articles of Association of Swedbank. The Board is responsible for ensuring that Swedbank's organisation is properly designed to identify, assess, manage, monitor and report the risks associated with its operations. To execute its responsibility, the Board ensures that there are adequate and effective governance and internal control structures in place by establishing internal governing documents, for both its own work and the work performed by the organisation. Chief Executive Officer (CEO) has the overall responsibility for ensuring that internal control and governance structures are satisfactory and in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and generally accepted practices or standards. The duties and responsibilities of the CEO are clarified through the Board's instruction for the CEO. The CEO is responsible for ensuring that the internal control is implemented and well-functioning within the organisation. The CEO has established the Group Executive Committee (GEC) to support in the effective management and governance of the Group. Based on the internal governing documents adopted by the Board, the CEO issues more detailed instructions for the operational management and control of Swedbank's risks. The CEO also sets the details of the operational structure and steering, and delegates authority and responsibilities in the Governance Instruction.

Risk management framework
The Board is also responsible for ensuring that a group-wide risk management framework is established. Through the annually reviewed Policy on Enterprise Risk Management and Risk Appetite Statement Policy the Board defines and communicates the Group's risk strategy and risk appetite as well as provides the foundation of a strong and sound risk culture and risk awareness throughout the organisation. Each licensed subsidiary has mirroring structures and processes in place and the Group's risk management framework, risk strategy and risk appetite, are implemented consistently both on a consolidated and sub-consolidated basis within the Group. In accordance with its responsibility for ensuring that the risks associated with Swedbank's operations and strategy are managed in accordance with the risk strategy, the Board sets the Group's risk appetite for the risk types defined in the Group's risk taxonomy on an annual basis. The risk appetite is expressed qualitatively and, where applicable, quantitatively through limits in the Risk Appetite Statement Policy adopted by the Board. The risk appetite limits Swedbank's risk-taking and ensures that capital and liquidity are kept at adequate levels. The qualitative risk appetites and quantitative board limits are implemented through a risk limit framework. In the risk limit framework, limits, Escalation Triggers (ETs) and Key Risk Indicators (KRI) are decided on CEO level, executive management level and, where applicable, lower management level. The risk limit framework is a tool for monitoring and controlling risk exposures, risk concentrations and risk build-ups. Ultimately, its purpose is to ensure that the risks are kept within the risk appetite.

Main committees
To support the Board in matters related to risk management, governance, capital requirements and remuneration as well as preparing items for decision, the Board has established four Board committees, the Risk and Capital Committee (RCC), the Audit Committee (AC), the Remuneration and Sustainability Committee and the Governance Committee. For further information on these committees, please refer to Swedbank's Corporate Governance Report available in Swedbank's Annual and Sustainability Report for 2025.

In addition to GEC, the Group Risk and Compliance Committee (GRCC), chaired by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO), provide recommendations to the CEO, and supports senior management in decisions about management of non-financial risk and compliance matters. This includes reviewing, monitoring, and challenging the Group's risks based on trends, stress tests, losses, management actions and actual risk profile versus the applicable risk appetite. The GRCC supports the accurate management of findings by Group Internal Audit, Group Risk and Group Compliance. To further strengthen the risk management arrangements in group functions, business areas and product area, the GRCC is supported by Business Area Risk and Compliance Committees. In addition, Group Financial Crime Committee is established to ensure adequate and effective management of financial crime risk.

The Group Asset Allocation Committee (GAAC) is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), with the CRO as one of the members. GAAC assists the CFO in discharging his/her duties in matters related to the management of assets, liabilities, capital, balance sheet structure, as well as ensuring that the Group's financial risk exposures stay within the risk appetite and the distributed risk limits, while also ensuring that the risk appetite and internal capital allocation adequately cover the underlying financial risks. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


13

| | | Three lines of defence
The concept of three lines of defence is the basis for Swedbank's risk management.
First line of defence is accountable for the risks and risk management within their operations. To identify, assess, manage, monitor and report risks in accordance with the risk management framework and to ensure risks are kept within the established risk appetite, business management shall have appropriate processes and internal control structures in place within their respective area of responsibility. Business management is also responsible for communicating to the responsible head of group functions, business areas and product area when they identify risks that will impact areas outside their own responsibility.
Second line of defence consists of the independent internal control functions Group Risk and Group Compliance. The risk management framework, which is defined by these two functions, governs how to identify, assess, monitor, manage and report risks. The functions monitor and assess that effective risk management processes and controls are implemented by the first line of defence. The second line of defence challenges and validates the first line of defence's risk management activities and controls. Further it analyses the Group's material risks and provides independent risk assessment, assurance and reporting to the CEO and the Board.
Third line of defence refers to Group Internal Audit, which is governed by and reports to the Board. Group Internal Audit is independent from the first and second lines of defence and is responsible for evaluating governance, risk management and the internal control processes within the first and second line of defence.
The Board shall on a continuous basis and at least once every year review and evaluate the effectiveness of Swedbank's first and second lines of defence risk management functions and assess whether there are sufficient resources allocated in that area.

Group Risk and Group Compliance
Swedbank's risk and compliance organisation respectively, are regulated in separate policies adopted by the Board. The heads of Group Risk and Group Compliance, the CRO and the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), report to the CEO, but are also independently reporting to the RCC, AC (only Group Risk) and to the Board. The above-mentioned policies include delegation of authority and responsibilities from the Board to the CRO and the CCO. Group Risk and Group Compliance advise and support the business operations by developing and maintaining e.g. internal governing documents and independently monitor that key risks are identified, assessed, and properly managed by the business operations. Decisions taken within the organisation shall be in line with the established risk strategy and risk appetite. The CRO and the CCO are responsible for critically reviewing and challenging decisions affecting the risk exposure of the Group within their respective areas of responsibility and for having ongoing dialogues with the Board and the CEO regarding these matters. The appointment or removal of the CRO or the CCO, requires prior approval by the Board.

Group Internal Audit
Group Internal Audit is the independent internal audit function in Swedbank. The Chief Audit Executive is appointed by and reports to the Board. Based on the Policy for Internal Audit adopted by the Board, Group Internal Audit provide independent, objective assurance and consulting services designed to add value and improve the Group's operations. Group Internal Audit evaluates that governance, risk management and internal control processes are adequate and functioning in a manner to ensure inter alia that significant risks are identified and managed to support organisational objectives and align with the organisation's strategy.

Code of Conduct and incident management
Swedbank has established a Group-wide Code of Conduct and has a mandatory annual ethics training and sign off of Code of Conduct for all employees. Swedbank fosters an inclusive workplace where employees are encouraged to act ethically, take responsibility and when necessary, voice concerns and speak up against alleged irregularities and violations of the Code of Conduct, internal rules, laws and regulations. All employees shall be aware of circumstances and events in their daily work which can have a negative impact on the Group. There are internal rules, such as escalation routines, providing guidance for managers and employees on required actions based on the severity of the incident. All incidents must be handled in such a way that the negative impact is minimised. Employees and other stakeholders have the possibility to report potential or actual irregularities and violations of the Code of Conduct, internal rules, laws and regulations through the internal alerts process, i. e. whistleblowing. The channel is independent, autonomous and provides the possibility to submit alerts outside the regular reporting lines in an open or anonymous manner. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Point (e) of Article 435(1) CRR | (c) | Risk Declaration
Swedbank has established a solid and well-structured risk management framework to ensure that Swedbank's risks are kept within the established risk strategy and risk appetite, and that Swedbank's strategic targets are met. |
| Point (c) of Article 435(1) CRR | (d) | Detailed descriptions of the scope and nature of risk disclosure and/or measurements systems can be found in the respective sections for risk to capital, credit risk, market risk (incl counterparty credit risk), liquidity risk, and operational risk. |
| Point (c) of Article 435(1) CRR | (e) | Main features of risk disclosure and measurement systems
In accordance with the Policy for Group Risk, adopted by the Board, the CRO submits a monthly risk report to the CEO, the RCC and the Board. The report includes the risk exposure in relation to the risk appetite per risk type and comments on any risk appetite breach as well as limits and KRIs and recent risk-related events such as incidents. This report is complemented quarterly with results and follow up of assurance reviews and model validation. The assurance reviews are also submitted to the AC.
In accordance with the Policy for Group Compliance, adopted by the Board, the CCO provides a Compliance report to the CEO, the RCC and the Board on a quarterly basis. The reports include the quarterly Data Protection Officer report and the status from the AML/CTF Officer for Control and Reporting (OCR). The OCR also issues the Annual Activity Report. |
| Point (a) of Article 435(1) CRR | (f) | See disclosures under "Points (a) and (d) of Article 435(1) CRR" below. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


14

Points (a) and (d) of Article 435(1) CRR (g) Strategies and processes to manage, hedge and mitigate risks The Board has the overall responsibility for ensuring that the risks associated with the Group's operations and strategy are satisfactorily managed and controlled. The responsibility and delegation of authority of risk management and internal control within the first line of defence stems from the Board to the CEO and is delegated further by the CEO to the heads of group functions, business areas and product area, who are the risk owners responsible for risk management. To the extent possible without compromising independence and objectivity, Group Internal Audit, Group Risk and Group Compliance shall coordinate the performance of its activities. The three control functions shall also seek to use a uniform and consistent terminology in order to enhance traceability, comparability, follow-up and overview in Swedbank Group. Swedbank has a sound and effective stress test program ensuring that stress tests and scenario analysis are an integral part of risk management. The outcome of the various stress tests will enable a forward-looking view, provide insights for decision making and facilitate preparation for necessary actions. A stress test inventory ensures that the Group has an overview and control of all stress tests performed within the Group. Based on the stress test inventory, a stress test plan is developed presenting a summary of the most significant stress tests to be performed and an overview of any planned or ongoing major developments regarding stress testing within the Group. The results of stress tests are used within risk management to ensure that Swedbank remains within its established risk appetite and serve as inputs for setting the Group's risk appetite and limits. Swedbank's strategy is to maintain a low-risk profile applicable to all risk types identified in its risk taxonomy. Swedbank has a number of processes and activities in place to mitigate identified risks in order to limit their potential impact. Below it is described on an overall level how Swedbank ensures that risks remain within the defined risk appetite. Risk management per risk type is further described in respective chapter. Credit risk arises through lending activities and commitments to customers. Swedbank has a low risk appetite for credit risk. In the credit activities Swedbank strives for long-term customer relationships and rest on sound business acumen to achieve solid profitability and a sound credit expansion for long-term stability. The low risk is maintained through sustainable lending to customers which are expected to meet their obligations, by maintaining a strong collateral position and by portfolio diversification within and between sectors, and geographies. The customers should have a direct link to the Group's four home markets, Sweden, Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania, or the Group's Nordic branches. Counterparty credit risk exposure arises mainly as a result of hedging of own positions in market risk and from customer-related trading activities and is integrated in the credit risk limit structure. Swedbank is willing to accept market risk only as part of managing the Group's own financial risks and to support customer needs. Market risks shall be managed with the aim to have low earnings volatility and to preserve the long-term value creation of the Group. A strong capital position is essential to the Group's strategy of being a low-risk bank. A range of methodologies are used to identify and manage risk to capital, such as targets and limits, forecasting, modelling, and stress testing. The liquidity profile shall be resilient towards both short-term and long-term liquidity stress, without relying on forced asset sales or other business disrupting activities. For meeting these requirements, an adequate liquidity generating capacity, properly sized for withstanding adverse circumstances, shall be maintained. Swedbank strives to have a long-term, stable, well-diversified funding and investor base, with wholesale funding diversified across markets, instruments and currencies. Furthermore, Swedbank strives to avoid maturity mismatch risk in assets funded by unsecured funding. All non-liquid assets, not eligible for covered bond issuance, shall be funded either through customer deposits or through wholesale funding with a maturity, to the largest extent, matching or exceeding that of the assets. Swedbank seeks to maintain low operational risk exposure taking into account market sentiment and regulations, as well as Swedbank's strategy, rating ambitions and capacity to absorb operational risk losses. Operational risk is considered in business decisions and as far as possible in the pricing of products and services. Managers shall ensure that the operational risks inherent in their respective areas are identified, assessed, and properly managed in the day-to-day operations. The impact of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors on existing risk types shall be considered throughout the risk management process. The potential for negative reputational impacts stemming from ESG factors shall be considered in all relevant operations. To enable managing the compliance risks in accordance with the principles set in relevant rules, regulations, and framework and to uphold the conduct of Swedbank, established risk appetites are coupled with robust and effective compliance risk management processes. Group Risk and Group Compliance provide assurance to the Board and CEO that the Group's risk management processes are adequate considering the risk appetite set by the Board. Swedbank has a Group-wide process for New Product Approval (NPAP) covering all new and materially altered products, services, markets, processes, models, and IT-systems as well as for major operational or organisational changes including outsourcing. In addition, Swedbank continuously develops its structured approach to business continuity and crisis management, protecting against potential disruptions and ensuring that essential business processes continue to operate even in challenging circumstances. Swedbank has established a Group-level recovery plan. The recovery plan describes a set of measures that can be applied in severe financial distress to restore the financial position of Swedbank and maintain core business lines and critical functions. The plan also describes the recovery indicators to be monitored to capture potential financial stress in a timely manner. Further, Swedbank's governance structure for escalation and decision-making under stressful conditions are described.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


15

Table EU OVB – Disclosures on governance arrangements, CRR Article 435(2)

Legal basis Row number Disclosure on governance arrangements
Point (a) of Article 435(2) CRR (a) Number of directorships held by members of the Board
The Board and CEO table below includes, inter alia, the number of directorships held by each member of the Board and the CEO as well as their actual knowledge, skills and expertise.
Point (b) of Article 435(2) CRR (b) Recruitment policy for the selection of members of the Board
The Board members are proposed by the Nomination Committee and elected at the Annual General Meeting (AGM). The instruction for the Nomination Committee is adopted by the AGM and currently sets out that the Board shall at all times have an appropriate composition distinguished by diversity and breadth in terms of the AGM-elected members' competence, experience and background.
Point (c) of Article 435(2) CRR (c) Diversity policy with regard of the members of the Board
In the Policy on Diversity, Equity & Inclusion, Swedbank wants to create a climate where diversity, equity and inclusion are self-evident parts of the organisation. The Board, the subsidiaries' board of directors and the top management shall, with due consideration to local regulations, consist of sufficient diversity concerning for example gender, educational- and professional background. Swedbank aims for a gender balance within 40/60 ratio in leadership and senior positions.
On 27 January 2025, Swedbank's Nomination Committee presented its proposal to the Annual General Meeting on 26 March 2025, encompassing re-election of all current Board members and election of one new Board member. The Annual General Meeting decided that there shall be eleven board members, resulting in a gender balance of 54,5/45,5 as six are men and five are women. Employee representatives are not included in the calculation, as they are appointed by the Trade unions and Swedbank has no influence over the decision.
Point (d) of Article 435(2) CRR (d) Risk committee and the frequency of the meetings
The Board has established the RCC, which held 12 meetings during 2025.
Point (e) Article 435(2) CRR (e) Information flow on risk to the Board
Group Risk and Group Compliance submit regular reports as described in table EU OVA(e).
The CEO and the Board are regularly informed on risks and changes in Swedbank's risk limit framework structure, the overall risk and the exposures for all risk types. Furthermore, the CEO and the Board are provided with information, in case of a limit breach, and required actions to mitigate the breach. In addition, Group Risk and Group Compliance shall promptly inform the CEO and Board on an ad-hoc, event-driven basis of materialising risks and/or urgent extraordinary risk-relevant matters.

Board and CEO

Board of Directors^{1} Background Education Bank specific experience Professional experience^{2} Number of directorships^{1,2}
Göran Persson Göran Persson has extensive experience leading the boards of both state-owned and private enterprises. He contributes through his social engagement and large network as well as broad experience of national and international economic issues and sustainable development. Sociology and political science Board: 11 years (2015) Prime Minister of Sweden • Finance Minister of Sweden • LKAB, Chair, JKL Group, Advisor • Scandinavian Biogas Fuels, Chair • Ålandsbanken, Board member • Sveaskog, Chair • Scandinavian Air Ambulance, Chair • Wiklöf Holding AB, Board member Two Board of Directors assignments.
Biörn Riese Biörn Riese contributes with a deep knowledge of corporate governance and law in general. He has his own law firm, where he specialises in providing advice and support relating to corporate governance and sustainability, with particular focus on anti-corruption and risk management. Master of Laws, M.Sc. Business Administration, Stockholm university Board: 4 year (2022) Lawyer, Jurie Law AB • Mannheimer Swartling, Chair and Partner • Åbjörnsson & Rausing Advokatbyrå • Court service • Board assignments Seven Board of Directors assignments (three in organisations with no predominant commercial objective).
Göran Bengtsson Göran Bengtsson brings to the Board his extensive experience in banking and finance. He has held a number of senior positions at Swedbank and is currently CEO of Falkenbergs Sparbank. M.Sc. Business Administration, University of Borås Operative: 36 years Board: 6 years (2020) Regional Head of Credit, Swedbank AB • Head of Corporate Business, Sparbanken Sjuhärad AB CEO and three Board of Directors assignments (two as part of role as CEO, both in organisations with no predominant commercial objective).
Annika Creutzer Annika Creutzer contributes with her extensive experience in finance and the media, with a focus on business journalism and public education. M.Sc. Business Administration, Stockholm university Operative: 5 years Board: 5 years (2021) Swedish Pensions Agency, Board member • Påmind startup, Board member • Pengar24, Editor in Chief • Privata Affärer, Editor in Chief • Stockholm Consumer Cooperative Society, Board member • Poppius journalism school, Board member • Skandiabanken, Private economist CEO and three Board of Directors assignments (one in role as CEO in own company and one in organisation with no predominant commercial objective).

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


16

Hans Eckerström Hans Eckerström, who has an extensive background as a partner and employee of Nordic Capital as well as a director of investment companies, brings to the Board his business acumen and experience in the financial industry. M.Sc. Mechanical Engineering, Chalmers University of Technology M.Sc. Business Administration, University of Gothenburg School of Business, Economics and Law Board: 6 years (2020) Henri-Lloyd Group AB, Chair • Aligro Partners Acquisition Company AB, CIO • Nobia AB, Chair • Nordstjernan AB, Board member • Employee and Partner, NC Advisory AB, Nordic Capital • Manager, Arthur D. Little Three Board of Directors assignments
Kerstin Hermansson Kerstin Hermansson mainly contributes to the Board her expertise in securities and in compliance issues relating to the financial markets. She has many years of experience in the European securities market. Master of Laws, Lund University Operative: 9 years Board: 7 years (2019) Swedish Securities Dealers Association (Svenska Fondhandlarföreningen), CEO • Enskilda Securities AB (subsidiary of SEB Group), Global Head of Legal & Compliance • SEB, Securities lawyer • Jacobsson & Ponsbach Fondkommission AB, Attorney • Member of the Securities and Markets Stakeholder Group of the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), Linneuniversitetet, Chair Three Board of Directors assignments (two in organisations with no predominant commercial objective).
Helena Liljedahl Helena Liljedahl has extensive knowledge and experience of development and management in the real estate sector and consumer-facing companies. She also contributes her experience with developing and implementing business strategies, and experience in asset management (real estate portfolio) and the insurance industry. M.Sc, Business Administration, Örebro University Board: 6 years (2020) Medmera Bank, Board member • Coeli Fastighet II, Chair • Technopolis Oiy, Board member • Ingka Centres Russia, Head of Commercial Development • Centrumutveckling, Deputy CEO • Alecta, Asset Manager CEO and two Board of Directors assignments
Roger Ljung Roger Ljung is an employee representative and has broad experience in banking from both the private and corporate sectors. Upper secondary education Operative: 39 years Swedbank AB, Personal advisor, branch manager, business advisor Five Board of Directors assignments (all related to union assignment and four within organisations with no predominant commercial objective).
Anna Mossberg Anna Mossberg contributes with her experience in and expertise of digital change and AI. She has a long background in the internet and telecom industries, including as Business Area Manager at Google, and has held senior roles for many years at Telia and Deutsche Telecom AG. Executive MBA, IE University, Spain • Executive MBA, Stanford University, USA • M.Sc. in Industrial Engineering and Management, Lulea University of Technology, Sweden Board: 8 years (2018) Orcla ASA, Board member, Schibsted ASA, Board member • Byggfakta Group Nordic AB, Board member • Google Sverige AB, Busi-ness Area Manager • Deutsche Tele-kom AG, Senior Vice President, Strat-egy & Portfolio Mgmt • Bahnhof AB, CEO • Telia International Carrier AB, Vice President • Telia AB, Director Internet Services • Silo AI, MD Four Board of Directors assignments.
Per Olof Nyman Per Olof Nyman has been CEO and Group CEO of Lantmännen, Northern Europe's leader in agriculture, machinery, bioenergy and food products. He has extensive knowledge of the agricultural and forestry sector as well as long operational experience from the food and white goods sectors. M.Sc. in Industrial Engineering and Management (Investment and Financing Theory), Linköping University • IFL School of Economics, Accounting & Financial Management • IT and Business Law, Örebro University Board: 5 years (2021) HK Scan OY, Intercoop Europe, Chair • Lantmännen, CEO and Group CEO • Lantmännen, Vice President and CFO • Whirlpool Europe, Vice President and CFO; various senior positions within the company Four Board of Directors assignments.
Biljana Pehrsson Biljana Pehrsson has an extensive background as a senior executive and director in real estate and private equity. Biljana brings to the Board her expertise and experience in strategy and business, leadership and change as well as the real estate and financial industries. M.Sc. Engineering, Stockholm Royal Institute of Technology Board: 6 years (2020) Nordr AV, CEO, Kungsleden AB, CEO • East Capital Baltic Property Fund (ECBPF I & II & III), Board member • Einar Mattsson AB/Fastighets AB Stadshus, Board member • East Capital Private Equity, Deputy CEO and Head of Real Estate • Centrumutveckling, CEO CEO and two Board of Directors assignments.
Åke Skoglund Åke Skoglund is an employee representative with many years of experience from various positions within Swedbank. Business administration, Stockholm University Operative: 36 years Business development • Accounting/annual accounts • Regulatory reporting Three Board of Directors assignment (two related to union assignment and within organisations with no predominant commercial objective).
Rasmus Roos Rasmus Roos has extensive experience from the banking and finance industry. He has held various senior management positions in Sparbanken Finn, Sparbanken Öresund, and Sparbanken Skåne. M.Sc. Business Administration, Lund University Operative: 21 years, Board: 1 year (2025) Sparbankernas Riksförbund, board member • Sparbankernas Service AB, board member • Sparbanken Skåne, deputy CEO • Sparbanken Skåne, bank manager CEO and one Board of Directors assignment

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


17

Jens Henriksson
Jens Henriksson has extensive experience from leading roles in government, public institutions and private companies. He has in depth knowledge of financial markets, international economic affairs and public finances, with a broad network within and over several industries.
BA Economics, MSc Electrical Engineering, Control Theory, and Fil. Lic. Economics
Operative: 6 years
Three Board of Directors assignments (all related to his role as CEO of Swedbank, and all within organisations with no predominant commercial objective).

1) As per 31 Dec 2025. Includes directorships in Swedbank.
2) The abbreviation CEO as defined in the table Terminology and abbreviations is not applicable to these columns.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 3 - Disclosure of the scope of application

Template EU LI1 - Differences between the accounting scope and the scope of prudential consolidation and mapping of financial statement categories with regulatory risk categories, CRR Article 436(c)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g
Carrying values as reported in published financial statements Carrying values under scope of prudential consolidation Carrying values of items:
Subject to the credit risk framework Subject to the CCR framework Subject to the securitisation framework Subject to the market risk framework Not subject to own funds requirements or subject to deduction from own funds
SEKm
Breakdown by asset classes according to the balance sheet in the published financial statements
1 Cash and balances with central banks 263 628 263 628 263 628
2 Treasury bills and other bills eligible for refinancing with central banks, etc. 161 053 160 371 133 903 26 468
3 Loans to credit institutions 32 015 32 414 18 660 13 754
4 Loans to the public 1 989 024 1 989 024 1 883 136 104 039 1 848
5 Value change of interest hedged item in portfolio hedge -597 -597 -597
6 Bonds and other interest-bearing securities 60 444 59 706 22 083 37 623
7 Financial assets for which the customers bear the investment risk 430 867
8 Shares and participating interests 46 056 17 165 7 788 9 377
9 Investments in associates 7 423 6 867 6 867
10 Investments subsidiaries 8 358 7 545 813
11 Derivatives 17 283 17 283 17 283 15 528
12 Intangible fixed assets 22 661 22 011 832 21 179
13 Investment properties
14 Tangible assets 6 118 6 118 6 118
15 Current tax assets 2 640 2 619 2 619
16 Deferred tax assets 487 427 343 84
17 Pension assets 4 522 4 522 4 522
18 Other assets 15 914 15 831 6 447 9 384
19 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 3 245 3 349 3 349
20 Group of assets classified as held for sale
21 Total assets 3 062 782 2 609 096 2 362 722 135 076 1 848 88 995 35 982

Breakdown by liability classes according to the balance sheet in the published financial statements

1 Amounts owed to credit institutions 54 544 54 544
2 Deposits and borrowings from the public 1 303 172 1 309 365 52 771
3 Value change of the hedged liabilities in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk 238 238
4 Financial liabilities for which the customers bear the investment risk 431 894
5 Debt securities in issue 733 765 733 765
6 Short positions securities 36 038 36 038
7 Derivatives 29 531 29 531
8 Current tax liabilities 1 887 1 625
9 Deferred tax liabilities 8 598 8 349
10 Pension provisions 171 171
11 Insurance provisions 27 211
12 Other liabilities and provisions 29 518 29 239
13 Accrued expenses and prepaid income 6 154 6 169
14 Senior non - preferred liabilities 135 814 135 814
15 Subordinated liabilities 38 422 38 422
16 Liabilities directly associated with group of assets classified as held for sale
17 Total liabilities 2 836 957 2 383 270 52 771

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU LI2 - Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements, CRR Article 436(d)

31 December 2025 a b c d e
SEKm Total Credit risk framework Securitisation framework CCR framework Market risk framework
1 Asset carrying value amount under scope of regulatory consolidation (as per template LI1) 2 588 641 2 362 722 135 076 1 848 88 995
2 Liabilities carrying value amount under regulatory scope of consolidation (as per template LI1) 52 771 52 771
3 Total net amount under regulatory scope of consolidation 2 641 413 2 362 722 82 305 1 848 88 995
4 Off-balance sheet amounts 350 484 350 484
5 Differences in valuations
6 Differences due to different netting rules, other than those already included in row 2 -760 075 -760 075
7 Differences due to consideration of provisions 5 008 5 008
8 Differences due to the use of credit risk mitigation techniques (CRMs) -640 -640
9 Differences due to credit conversion factors -220 721 -220 721
10 Differences due to Securitisation with risk transfer
11 Other differences 591 492 -1 884 611 616
12 Exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes 2 606 959 2 495 609 38 747 1 848 70 755

Template EU LI3 - Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation (entity by entity), CRR Article 436(b)

a b c d e f g h
Name of the entity Method of accounting consolidation Method of prudential consolidation Description of the entity
Full consolidation Proportional consolidation Equity method Neither consolidated nor deducted Deducted
Swedbank AB Full consolidation X Credit institution
Swedbank Mortgage AB Full consolidation X Credit institution
Swedbank Robur AB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank Robur Fonder AB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank Investeerimisfondid AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank leguldijumu Parvaldes Sabierdiba AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank investiciju valdymas UAB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
SwedLux S A Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Sparframjandet Aktiebolag Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Sparia Group Forsakrings AB Full consolidation X Insurance company
Swedbank Fastighetsbyrå AB Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Fastighetsbyran The Real Estate Agency S L Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Swedbank Pay AB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank PayEx Holding AB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
PayEx Norge AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
PayEx Danmark AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
PayEx Sverige AB Full consolidation X Credit institution
PayEx Suomi OY Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
PayEx Invest AB Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Faktab B1 AB Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Faktab V1 AB Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Faktab S1 AB Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Ektornet AB Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Swedbank Försäkring AB Full consolidation X Insurance company
ATM Holding AB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Bankomat AB Equity method X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
FR & R Invest AB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
First Securities AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank AS Latvia Full consolidation X Credit institution
Swedbank Lizings SIA Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank Atklatais Pensiju Fonds AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank AB Lithuania Full consolidation X Credit institution
Swedbank Lizingas UAB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Swedbank AS Estonia Full consolidation X Credit institution
Swedbank Liising AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


20

Ektornet Project Estonia I OÜ Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
Swedbank Life Insurance SE Full consolidation X Insurance company
Swedbank P&C Insurance AS Full consolidation X Insurance company
Swedbank Support OU Full consolidation X Non-financial corporation
SK ID Solutions AS Equity method X Non-financial corporation
EnterCard Group AB Full consolidation X Credit institution
Sparbanken Sjuhärad AB Equity method X Credit institution
Sparbanken Mälardalen AB Equity method X Credit institution
Sparbanken Skåne AB Equity method X Credit institution
Vimmerby Sparbank AB Equity method X Credit institution
Ölands Bank AB Equity method X Credit institution
Finansiell IDTeknik BID AB Equity method X Non-financial corporation
Getswish AB Equity method X Non-financial corporation
USE Intressenter AB Equity method X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Finansinfrastruktur i Sverige AB Equity method X Non-financial corporation
Invidem AB Equity method X Non-financial corporation
Swedbank Baltics AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Tibern AB Equity method X Non-financial corporation
Thylling Insight AB Equity method X Non-financial corporation
Svenska e-fakturabolaget AB Equity method X Non-financial corporation
Paywerk AS Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
SB1 Markets AS Equity method X Financial corporations other than credit institutions
Stabelo AB Full consolidation X Financial corporations other than credit institutions

Table EU LIA – Explanations of differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts, CRR 436(b)

Legal basis Row number Explanations of differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts
Article 436(b) CRR (a) Differences between columns (a) and (b) in template EU LI1
In the consolidated situation the Group's insurance companies are consolidated according to the equity method compared to full consolidation in Swedbank Group. Joint venture companies Invidem AB, Finansinfrastruktur i Sverige AB, Tibern AB and Swedish e-invoicing Company AB consolidates by proportional method instead of the equity method. Otherwise, the same principles for consolidations are applied as for the Group. The total difference between the regulatory and accounting consolidation is SEK 454bn.
Article 436(d) CRR (b) Main sources of differences between the accounting and regulatory scope of consolidation shown in template EU LI2
Difference between the regulatory and accounting framework as presented in table EU LI1 are explained by different rules set out in IFRS and CRR. The exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes are original exposures before credit risk mitigation. The main differences for the items subject to credit risk framework are:
• Off-balance sheet amounts are not part of carrying values of asset items but are included in regulatory exposure amounts.
• Provisions are part of risk-weighting in the IRB framework and are re-integrated. In accounting carrying amounts are net of provisions. Instruments under the counterparty credit risk framework in Swedbank include securities financing transactions (SFTs) and derivatives. The differences arise due to different netting rules in the prudential and accounting frameworks, as well as different treatment and rules on recognition of collaterals. Additionally, capital has to be set aside not only for current exposures to counterparty credit risk but also potential future exposure.

Table EU LIB – Other qualitative information on the scope of application, CRR Article 436(f,g,h)

Legal basis Row number Other qualitative information on the scope of application
Article 436(f) CRR (a) Impediment to the prompt transfer of own funds or to the repayment of liabilities within the group
Currently, there is no known or foreseen impediment to the prompt transfer of own funds or to the repayment of liabilities within the Group.
Article 436(g) CRR (b) Subsidiaries not included in the consolidation with own funds less than required
All subsidiaries are included in consolidation of the Group in accordance with equity method, proportional or full consolidation as presented in template EU LI3.
Article 436(h) CRR (c) Use of derogation referred to in Article 7 CRR or individual consolidation method laid down in Article 9 CRR
The Group does not use derogation referred to in Article 7 CRR or individual consolidation method laid down in Article 9 CRR.
Article 436(g) CRR (d) Aggregate amount by which the actual own funds are less than required in all subsidiaries that are not included in the consolidation
All subsidiaries are included in consolidation of the Group in accordance with equity method, proportional or full consolidation as presented in template EU LI3.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


21

Template EU PV1 - Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA), CRR Article 436(e)

31 December 2025 a b c d e EU e1 EU e2 f g h
Risk category Category level AVA - Valuation uncertainty Total category level post-diversification Of which: Total core approach in the trading book Of which: Total core approach in the banking book
Equity Interest Rates Foreign exchange Credit Commodities Unearned credit spreads AVA Investment and funding costs AVA
SEKm
1 Market price uncertainty 21 72 1 51 16 9 85 74 11
2 Set not applicable in the EU
3 Close-out cost 9 224 2 140 17 9 201 180 21
4 Concentrated positions 92 49 141 47 94
5 Early termination
6 Model risk 59 77 14 9 80 50 30
7 Operational risk 2 16 0 10 29 25 4
8 Set not applicable in the EU
9 Set not applicable in the EU
10 Future administrative costs 12 20 14 14 60 49 11
11 Set not applicable in the EU
12 Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs) 350 283 426 169

Prudent valuation is a regulatory requirement which takes into account uncertainties in the valuation of assets and liabilities carried at fair value. The prudent valuation adjustment is deducted from the CET1 capital in accordance with the CRR Article 105. In addition to the fair value adjustments made in the accounts, Swedbank calculates Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs) for fair valued positions in the trading and banking book. The purpose of the prudent valuation adjustment is to ensure, with an appropriate degree of certainty, that the valuations are sufficiently prudent taking into account the factors corresponding to the AVAs.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 4 - Disclosure of own funds

Template EU CC1 - Composition of regulatory own funds, CRR Article 437 (a,d,e,f) and Article 444(e)

31 December 2025 a b
Amounts Source based on reference numbers/letters of the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation
SEKm
Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves
1 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 38 110 26 (1), 27, 28, 29
of which: Instrument type 1 EBA list 26 (3)
of which: Instrument type 2 EBA list 26 (3)
of which: Instrument type 3 EBA list 26 (3)
2 Retained earnings 99 515 26 (1) (c)
3 Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) 56 123 26 (1) (d) (e)
EU-3a Funds for general banking risk 26 (1) (f)
4 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (3) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from CET1 486 (2)
5 Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) 84
EU-5a Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend -755 26 (2)
6 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments 193 749
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7 Additional value adjustments (negative amount) -595 34, 105
8 Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount) -20 577 36 (1) (b), 37
9 Not applicable
10 Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary difference (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) -84 36 (1) (c), 38
11 Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges of financial instruments that are not valued at fair value -1 33 (1) (a)
12 Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts -708 36 (1) (d), 40
13 Any increase in equity that results from securitised assets (negative amount) 32 (1)
14 Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing 33 (1) (b)
15 Defined-benefit pension fund assets (negative amount) -3 591 36 (1) (e), 41
16 Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount) -678 36 (1) (f), 42
17 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 36 (1) (g), 44
18 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 36 (1) (h), 43, 45, 46, 49 (2) (3), 79
19 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 36 (1) (i), 43, 45, 47, 48 (1) (b), 49 (1) to (3)
20 Not applicable
EU-20a Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative 36 (1) (k)
EU-20b of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount) 36 (1) (k) (i), 89 to 91
EU-20c of which: securitisation positions (negative amount) 36 (1) (k) (ii), 243 (1) (b), 244 (1) (b), 258
EU-20d of which: free deliveries (negative amount) 36 (1) (k) (iii), 379 (3)
21 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) 36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1) (a)
22 Amount exceeding the 17,65% threshold (negative amount) 48 (1)
23 of which: direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities 36 (1) (i), 48 (1) (b)
24 Not applicable
25 of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference 36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1) (a)
EU-25a Losses for the current financial year (negative amount) 36 (1) (a)
EU-25b Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items except where the institution suitably adjusts the amount of CET1 items insofar as such tax charges reduce the amount up to which those items may be used to cover risks or losses (negative amount) 36 (1) (l)
26 Not applicable
27 Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 capital of the institution (negative amount) 36 (1) (j)
27a Other regulatory adjustments -661
28 Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) -27 650
29 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 166 099
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
30 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 15 190 51, 52
31 of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards
32 of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards
33 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1 486 (3)

EU-33a Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a(1) CRR subject to phase out from AT1

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


23

EU-33b Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b(1) CRR subject to phase out from AT1
34 Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interest not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 85, 86
35 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out 486 (3)
36 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments 15 190
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
37 Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount) 52 (1) (b), 56 (a), 57
38 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 56 (b), 58
39 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 56 (c), 59, 60, 79
40 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 56 (d), 59, 79
41 Not applicable
42 Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 capital of the institution (negative amount) 56 (e)
42a Other regulatory adjustments to AT1 capital -50
43 Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital -50
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 15 140
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 181 239
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments
46 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 23 235
47 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2 as described in Article 486(4) CRR 486 (4)
EU-47a Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a (2) CRR subject to phase out from T2
EU-47b Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b (2) CRR subject to phase out from T2
48 Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interests and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 87, 88
49 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 486 (4)
50 Credit risk adjustments 56
51 Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments 23 291
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments
52 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount) 63 (b) (i), 66 (a), 67
53 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 66 (b), 68
54 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 66 (c), 69, 70, 79
54a Not applicable
55 Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amounts) 66 (d), 69, 79
56 Not applicable
EU-56a Qualifying eligible liabilities deductions that exceed the eligible liabilities items of the institution (negative amount)
EU-56b Other regulatory adjustments to T2 capital -47
57 Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital -47
58 Tier 2 (T2) capital 23 244
59 Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 204 483
60 Total Risk exposure amount 932 090
Capital ratios and requirements including buffers
61 Common Equity Tier 1 capital 17.82%
62 Tier 1 capital 19.44%
63 Total capital 21.94%
64 Institution CET1 overall capital requirements 14.32%
65 of which: capital conservation buffer requirement 2.50%
66 of which: countercyclical buffer requirement 1.77%
67 of which: systemic risk buffer requirement 3.09%
67a of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer 1.00%
67b of which: additional own funds requirements to address the risks other than the risk of excessive leverage 1.46%
68 Common Equity Tier 1 capital (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) available after meeting the minimum capital requirements 11.75%
National minima (If different from Basel III)
69 Not applicable
70 Not applicable
71 Not applicable
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk-weighting)

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


24

72 Direct and indirect holdings of own funds and eligible liabilities of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 36 (1) (h), 45, 46, 56 (c), 59, 60, 66 (c), 69, 70, 72i
73 Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 17.65% thresholds and net of eligible short positions) 14 379 36 (1) (i), 43, 45, 47, 48 (1) (b), 49(1) to (3)
74 Not applicable
75 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 17,65% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) CRR are met) 343 36 (1) (c), 38, 48
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2
76 Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardised approach (prior to the application of the cap) 62
77 Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardised approach 62
78 Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal rating-based approach (prior to the application of the cap) 56 62
79 Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach 4 073 62
Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements (only applicable between 1 Jan 2014 and 1 Jan 2022)
80 Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 484 (3), 486 (2) & (5)
81 Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) 484 (3), 486 (2) & (5)
82 Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 484 (4), 486 (3) & (5)
83 Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) 484 (4), 486 (3) & (5)
84 Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 484 (5), 486 (4) & (5)
85 Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) 484 (5), 486 (4) & (5)

CET1 ratio decreased by 183 bps to 17.82 per cent as compared to Q3 2025. CET1 capital decreased by SEK 11.0bn, which decreased CET1 ratio by 117 bps, mainly due to special dividend, which decreased profit after anticipated dividend by SEK 8.1bn and increased deductions for intangible assets, which decreased CET1 capital by SEK 2.0bn. REA increased in total by SEK 31.3bn, which decreased the ratio by 66 bps. As detailed in OV1 and CR8 parts, REA increase was mainly driven by changes in credit risk and operational risk.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CC2 - Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to balance sheet in the audited financial statements. CRR Article 437(a)

31 December 2025 a b c
Balance sheet as in published financial statements Under regulatory scope of consolidation Reference to row in disclosure template
SEKm As at period end As at period end
Assets - Breakdown by asset classes according to the balance sheet in the published financial statements
1 Cash and balances with central banks 263 628 263 628
2 Treasury bills and other bills eligible for refinancing with central banks, etc. 161 053 160 371
3 Loans to credit institutions 32 015 32 414
4 Loans to the public 1 989 024 1 989 024
5 Value change of the hedged assets in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk -597 -597
6 Bonds and other interest-bearing securities 60 444 59 706
7 Financial assets for which the customers bear the investment risk 430 867 0
8 Shares and participating interests 46 056 17 165
9 Investments in associates and joint ventures 7 423 6 867
10 Investments subsidiaries 0 8 358
11 Derivatives 17 283 17 283
12 Intangible assets 22 661 22 011
of which: goodwill 14 571 14 734 8
of which: other intangible assets (under regulatory scope of consolidation includes software assets prudential amortization) 8 090 7 258 8
13 Tangible assets 6 118 6 118
14 Current tax assets 2 640 2 619
15 Deferred tax assets 487 427
16 Pension assets 4 522 4 522 15 (adjusted with deferred tax liability)
17 Other assets 15 914 15 831
18 Prepaid expenses and accrued income 3 245 3 349
Total assets 3 062 782 2 609 096
Liabilities - Breakdown by liability classes according to the balance sheet in the published financial statements
1 Amounts owed to credit institutions 54 544 54 544
2 Deposits and borrowings from the public 1 303 172 1 309 365
3 Value change of the hedged liabilities in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk 238 238
4 Financial liabilities for which the customers bear the investment risk 431 894 0
5 Debt securities in issue 733 765 733 765
6 Short positions, securities 36 038 36 038
7 Derivatives 29 531 29 531
8 Current tax liabilities 1 887 1 625
9 Deferred tax liabilities 8 598 8 349
of which: deferred tax liabilities associated to other intangible assets 1 414 1 414 8
10 Pension provisions 171 171
11 Insurance provisions 27 211 0
12 Other liabilities and provisions 29 518 29 239
13 Accrued expenses and prepaid income 6 154 6 169
14 Senior non-preferred liabilities 135 814 135 814
15 Subordinated liabilities 38 422 38 422
of which: Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts AT1 15 190 15 190 30
of which: Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts AT2 23 235 23 235 46
Total liabilities 2 836 957 2 383 270
Shareholders' Equity
1 Equity attributable to shareholders of the parent company 225 802 225 802
of which: capital instruments and the related share-premium accounts 38 110 38 110 1
of which: retained earnings 106 531 99 515 2
of which: accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) 52 321 56 123 3
of which: profit or loss 32 763 32 732 5a
of which: less anticipated dividends for the year 33 487 33 487 5a
of which: fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges -1 -1 11
of which: direct holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount) -3 923 -678 16
2 Non-controlling interests 24 24
Total shareholders' equity 225 826 225 826

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU CCA - Main features of regulatory own funds instruments and eligible liabilities instruments, CRR Article 437(b,c)

1 Issuer Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ)
2 Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement) SE0000242455 XS2377291963 XS2580715147 XS2759983385 XS1796813589 XS2491158866 XS2522879654
2a Public or private placement Public Public Public Public Public Public Public
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish
3a Contractual recognition of write down and conversion powers of resolution authorities Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Regulatory treatment
4 Current treatment taking into account, where applicable, transitional CRR rules Common Equity Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Common Equity Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo&(sub-)consolidated Solo & consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated
7 Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction) Share capital as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 28 Additional Tier 1 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 art 52 Additional Tier 1 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 art 52 Additional Tier 1 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 art 52 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital or eligible liabilities (Currency in million, as of most recent reporting date) SEK 24 904m SEK 4 233m SEK 4 619m SEK 6 050m SEK 288m SEK 407m SEK 8 018m
9 Nominal amount of instrument SEK 24 904m USD 500m USD 500m USD 650m JPY 5 000m JPY 7 000m EUR 750m
EU-9a Issue price N/A 100 per cent 100 per cent 100 per cent 100 per cent 100 per cent 99.686 per cent
EU-9b Redemption price N/A 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount
10 Accounting classification Shareholders' equity Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance N/A 25.Aug.21 23.Feb.23 13.Feb.24 28.Mar.18 16.Jun.22 23.Aug.22
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date No maturity No maturity No maturity No maturity 28.Mar.33 16.Jun.32 23.Aug.32
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount N/A 17-MAR-29
100 per cent of Nominal amount
In addition
Tax/Regulatory call 17-MAR-28
100 per cent of Nominal amount
In addition
Tax/Regulatory call 17-MAR-30
100 per cent of Nominal amount
In addition
Tax/Regulatory call 28-MAR-28
100 per cent of Nominal amount
In addition
Tax/Regulatory call 16-JUN-27
100 per cent of Nominal amount
In addition
Tax/Regulatory call 23-AUG-27
100 per cent of Nominal amount
In addition
Tax/Regulatory call
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A Any Reset Date after first call date Any Reset Date after first call date Any Reset Date after first call date N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend/coupon N/A Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related index N/A Fixed 4.0 per cent per annum to call date (equiv to USD Swap Rate +2.864 per cent per annum), thereafter reset Fixed rate equiv to USD Swap Rate +2.864 per cent per annum Fixed 7.625 per cent per annum to call date (equiv to USD Swap Rate +3.589 per cent per annum), thereafter reset Fixed rate equiv to USD Swap Rate +3.589 per cent per annum Fixed 7.75 per cent per annum to call date (equiv to USD Swap Rate +3.589 per cent per annum), thereafter reset Fixed rate equiv to USD T +365.7bps per cent per annum Fixed 0.9 per cent per annum payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, thereafter reset Fixed rate equivalent to JPY 6M Swap Rate +0.6425 per cent per annum Fixed 1.45 per cent per annum payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, thereafter reset Fixed rate equivalent to JPY 6M Swap Rate +1.46 per cent per annum Fixed 3.625 per cent per annum to call date (equivalent to Euro Swap Rate +1.545 per cent per annum), thereafter reset Fixed rate equivalent to Euro Swap Rate +2.150 per cent per annum

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


27

19 Existence of a dividend stopper N/A No No No No No No
EU-20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing) Fully discretionary Fully discretionary Fully discretionary Fully discretionary Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
EU-20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount) Fully discretionary Fully discretionary Fully discretionary Fully discretionary Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem N/A No No No No No No
22 Noncumulative or cumulative N/A Non cumulative Non cumulative Non cumulative Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible N/A Convertible Convertible Convertible Non-convertible Non-convertible Non-convertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A 8% CET1 ratio on consolidated level, 5.125% CET1 ratio on solo level 8% CET1 ratio on consolidated level, 5.125% CET1 ratio on solo level 8% CET1 ratio on consolidated level, 5.125% CET1 ratio on solo level N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A Fully Fully Fully N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A The greater of the current market price of an Ordinary Share, the Quota value of an Ordinary Share and the Floor Price, all as of the Conversion Date. Floor price means USD 12.92 (subject to limited anti-dilution adjustments) The greater of the current market price of an Ordinary Share, the Quota value of an Ordinary Share and the Floor Price, all as of the Conversion Date. Floor price means USD 13.09 (subject to limited anti-dilution adjustments) The greater of the current market price of an Ordinary Share, the Quota value of an Ordinary Share and the Floor Price, all as of the Conversion Date. Floor price means USD 13.36 (subject to limited anti-dilution adjustments) N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A Ordinary Share Ordinary Share Ordinary Share N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features N/A No No No No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
34a Type of subordination (only for eligible liabilities) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
EU-34b Ranking of the instrument in normal insolvency proceedings 1 3 3 3 4 4 4
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument) Additional Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2 Senior debt Senior debt Senior debt
36 Non-compliant transitioned features No No No No No No No
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
37a Link to the full term and conditions of the instrument (signposting) N/A Link Link Link Link Link Link

'N/A' if the item is not applicable

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


28

1 Issuer Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ) Swedbank AB (publ)
2 Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement) XS2555706337 XS2626017656 XS2633856674 XS2633859777 XS2633860783 XS3152572981
2a Public or private placement Public Public Public Public Public Public
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish English/Swedish
3a Contractual recognition of write down and conversion powers of resolution authorities Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Regulatory treatment
4 Current treatment taking into account, where applicable, transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/ solo&(sub-)consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated Solo & Consolidated
7 Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction) Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63 Tier 2 as published in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 article 63
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital or eligible liabilities (Currency in million, as of most recent reporting date) SEK 5 003m SEK 575m SEK 1 526m SEK 1 248m SEK 548m SEK 5 345M
9 Nominal amount of instrument GBP 400m JPY 10 000m SEK 1 500m SEK 1 250m NOK 600m EUR 500m
EU-9a Issue price 100 per cent 100 per cent 100 per cent 100 per cent 100 per cent 99.896 per cent
EU-9b Redemption price 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount 100 per cent of Nominal amount
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 15.Nov.22 25.May.23 09.Jun.23 09.Jun.23 09.Jun.23 19.Aug.25
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 15.Nov.32 25.May.33 09.Jun.33 09.Jun.33 09.Jun.33 19.Aug.35
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount 15.NOV.27 100 per cent of Nominal amount In addition Tax/Regulatory call 25.MAY.28 100 per cent of Nominal amount In addition Tax/Regulatory call 09.JUN.28 100 per cent of Nominal amount In addition Tax/Regulatory call 09.JUN.28 100 per cent of Nominal amount In addition Tax/Regulatory call 09.JUN.28 100 per cent of Nominal amount In addition Tax/Regulatory call 19.AUG.30 100 per cent of Nominal amount In addition Tax/Regulatory call
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend/coupon Fixed Fixed Fixed Floating Floating Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related index Fixed 3.625 per cent per annum to call date (equivalent to Euro Swap Rate +1.545 per cent per annum), thereafter reset Fixed rate equivalent to Euro Swap Rate +2.150 per cent per annum Fixed 7.272 per cent per annum payable semi-annually in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, thereafter reset Fixed rate equivalent to UK Gilt Rate +3.8 per cent per annum Fixed 2.00 per cent per annum payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, thereafter reset Fixed rate equivalent to JPY 6M Swap Rate +1.905 per cent per annum Fixed 5.793 per cent per annum to call date payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, thereafter reset Floating rate equivalent to 3M Stibor+2.75 per cent per annum Floating 3M Stibor+2.75 per cent per annum payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date Fixed 3.500 per cent per annum to call date (equivalent to Euro Swap Rate +2.343 per cent), thereafter reset Fixed rate equivalent to Euro Swap Rate +1.18 per cent per annum
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No No No No
EU-20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing) Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


EU-20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount) Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No No No No
22 Noncumulative or cumulative Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Non-convertible Non-convertible Non-convertible Non-convertible Non-convertible Non-convertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
34a Type of subordination (only for eligible liabilities) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
EU-34b Ranking of the instrument in normal insolvency proceedings 4 4 4 4 4 4
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument) Senior debt Senior debt Senior debt Senior debt Senior debt Senior debt
36 Non-compliant transitioned features No No No No No No
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
37a Link to the full term and conditions of the instrument (signposting) Link Link Link Link Link Link

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Section 5 - Disclosure of countercyclical capital buffers

Template EU CCyB1 - Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical buffer, CRR Article 440(a)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h i j k l m
General credit exposures Relevant credit exposures – Market risk Securitisation exposures Exposure value for non-trading book Total exposure value Own fund requirements Total Risk-weighted exposure amounts Own fund requirements weights (%) Counter-cyclical buffer rate (%)
Exposure value under the standardised approach Exposure value under the IRB approach Sum of long and short positions of trading book exposures for SA Value of trading book exposures for internal models Relevant credit risk exposures - Credit risk Relevant credit exposures – Market risk Relevant credit exposures – Securitisation positions in the non-trading book
SEKm
010 Breakdown by country
001 Sweden 89 440 1 549 992 42 167 0 0 1 681 599 41 068 300 0 41 368 517 100 69.23% 2.00%
002 Lithuania 3 299 128 824 154 0 1 510 133 787 4 967 0 18 4 986 62 325 8.34% 1.00%
003 Estonia 9 524 118 167 24 0 0 127 715 4 668 1 0 4 669 58 363 7.81% 1.50%
004 Latvia 1 157 60 926 253 0 0 62 336 3 286 1 0 3 287 41 088 5.50% 1.00%
005 Norway 11 954 49 160 306 0 0 61 420 2 437 2 0 2 440 30 500 4.08% 2.50%
006 Finland 566 30 783 538 0 0 31 887 1 097 3 0 1 101 13 763 1.84% 0.00%
007 Luxemburg 14 7 898 3 0 0 7 915 453 1 0 454 5 675 0.76% 0.50%
008 Denmark 7 134 5 198 37 0 0 12 369 404 1 0 405 5 063 0.68% 2.50%
009 USA 130 8 170 0 0 0 8 300 278 0 0 278 3 475 0.46% 0.00%
010 France 11 5 649 0 0 0 5 660 128 0 0 128 1 600 0.21% 1.00%
011 Other countries 825 13 250 329 0 337 14 741 633 2 4 636 7 950 1.09%
020 Total 124 054 1 978 017 43 811 1 847 2 147 729 59 419 311 22 59 752 746 900 100.00%

No changes in countercyclical buffer rates compared to Q2 2025.

Template EU CCyB2 - Amount of institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer, CRR Article 440(b)

31 December 2025
SEKm a
1 Total risk exposure amount 932 090
2 Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer rate 1.77%
3 Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer requirement 16 523

Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer requirement increased by SEK 0.7bn compared to Q2 2025.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Section 6 - Disclosure of leverage ratio

Template EU LR1 - LRSum: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures, CRR Article 451 (1)(b)

31 December 2025 a
SEKm Applicable amount
1 Total assets as per published financial statements 3 062 782
2 Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of prudential consolidation -453 686
3 (Adjustment for securitised exposures that meet the operational requirements for the recognition of risk transference)
4 (Adjustment for temporary exemption of exposures to central banks (if applicable))
5 (Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognised on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable accounting framework but excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (i) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
6 Adjustment for regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets subject to trade date accounting
7 Adjustment for eligible cash pooling transactions
8 Adjustment for derivative financial instruments 16 285
9 Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs) 47 610
10 Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e. conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures) 132 175
11 (Adjustment for prudent valuation adjustments and specific and general provisions which have reduced Tier 1 capital)
12 (Adjustment for exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (c) and point (ca) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
EU-11a (Adjustment for exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (j) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
12 Other adjustments -43 732
13 Total exposure measure 2 761 434

Leverage ratio exposure measure decreased by SEK 92.2bn, as compared to Q2 2025. Leverage ratio exposure measure decrease is in line net effect of total assets and adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation.

Template EU LR2 - LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure, CRR Article 451 (1)(a,b,c), 451(2), 451(3)

SEKm CRR leverage ratio exposures
a31 Dec 2025 b30 Jun 2025
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
1 On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs, but including collateral) 2 489 439 2 535 737
2 Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided, where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicable accounting framework
3 (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) -17 705 -15 735
4 (Adjustment for securities received under securities financing transactions that are recognised as an asset)
5 (General credit risk adjustments to on-balance sheet items)
6 (Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital) -26 504 -22 892
7 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) 2 445 231 2 497 110
Derivative exposures
8 Replacement cost associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions (i.e. net of eligible cash variation margin) 5 538 8 503
EU-8a Derogation for derivatives: replacement costs contribution under the simplified standardised approach
9 Add-on amounts for potential future exposure associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions 28 984 30 014
EU-9a Derogation for derivatives: Potential future exposure contribution under the simplified standardised approach
EU-9b Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method
10 (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (SA-CCR) -955 -1 021
EU-10a (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (simplified standardised approach)
EU-10b (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (Original Exposure Method)
11 Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives
12 (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)
13 Total derivatives exposures 33 567 37 496
Securities financing transaction (SFT) exposures
14 Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjustment for sales accounting transactions 149 701 187 184
15 (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)
16 Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets 873 5 680
EU-16a Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Articles 429e(5) and 222 CRR
17 Agent transaction exposures
EU-17a (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure)
18 Total securities financing transaction exposures 150 574 192 864
Other off-balance sheet exposures
19 Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount 350 484 316 920
20 (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts) -218 309 -190 604
21 (General provisions deducted in determining Tier 1 capital and specific provisions associated with off-balance sheet exposures) -7
22 Off-balance sheet exposures 132 175 126 309
Excluded exposures
EU-22a (Exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (c) and point (ca) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
EU-22b (Exposures exempted in accordance with point (j) of Article 429a(1) CRR (on and off balance sheet))

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


EU-22c (Excluded exposures of public development banks (or units) - Public sector investments)
EU-22d (Excluded exposures of public development banks (or units) - Promotional loans)
EU-22e (Excluded passing-through promotional loan exposures by non-public development banks (or units))
EU-22f (Excluded guaranteed parts of exposures arising from export credits) -113 -137
EU-22g (Excluded excess collateral deposited at triparty agents)
EU-22h (Excluded CSD related services of CSD/institutions in accordance with point (o) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
EU-22i (Excluded CSD related services of designated institutions in accordance with point (p) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
EU-22j (Reduction of the exposure value of pre-financing or intermediate loans)
EU-22k (Excluded exposures to shareholders according to Article 429a (1), point (da) CRR)
EU-22l (Exposures deducted in accordance with point (q) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
EU-22m (Total exempted exposures) -113 -137
Capital and total exposure measure
23 Tier 1 capital 181 239 190 658
24 Total exposure measure 2 761 434 2 853 641
Leverage ratio
25 Leverage ratio (%) 6.56% 6.68%
EU-25 Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of the exemption of public sector investments and promotional loans) (%) 6.56% 6.68%
25a Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) (%) 6.56% 6.68%
26 Regulatory minimum leverage ratio requirement (%) 3.00% 3.00%
EU-26a Additional own funds requirements to address the risk of excessive leverage (%)
EU-26b of which: to be made up of CET1 capital
27 Leverage ratio buffer requirement (%)
EU-27a Overall leverage ratio requirement (%) 3.00% 3.00%
Choice on transitional arrangements and relevant exposures
EU-27b Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure
Disclosure of mean values
28 Mean of daily values of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivable 170 646 214 483
29 Quarter-end value of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables 149 701 187 184
30 Total exposure measure (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 2 782 377 2 880 941
30a Total exposure measure (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 2 782 377 2 880 941
31 Leverage ratio (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 6.51% 6.62%
31a Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables) 6.51% 6.62%

Leverage ratio decreased by 12 bps and reached 6.56 per cent as compared to Q2 2025, mainly due to decrease in Tier 1 capital (SEK 9.4bn), driven by special dividend, which decreased profit after anticipated dividend.

Template EU LR3 - LRSpl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures, CRR Article 451 (1)(b))

31 December 2025 a
SEKm CRR leverage ratio exposures
EU-1 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures), of which: 2 493 079
EU-2 Trading book exposures 83 390
EU-3 Banking book exposures, of which: 2 409 689
EU-4 Covered bonds 8 812
EU-5 Exposures treated as sovereigns 423 270
EU-6 Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organisations and PSE not treated as sovereigns
EU-7 Institutions 17 984
EU-8 Secured by mortgages of immovable properties 1 495 484
EU-9 Retail exposures 105 682
EU-10 Corporates 267 789
EU-11 Exposures in default 8 417
EU-12 Other exposures (e.g. equity, securitisations, and other non-credit obligation assets) 82 251

Total on balance sheet exposures decreased by SEK 26.9bn as compared to Q2 2025 mainly due to decreased sovereign (SEK 54.6bn), institutions (SEK 28.5bn) exposures and trading book exposures (SEK 35.8bn), which have been partially offset by exposures secured by mortgages of immovable properties (SEK 31.0bn), corporates (SEK 20.6bn), other banking book exposures (e.g. equity, securitisations, and other non-credit obligation assets) (SEK 39.0bn).

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


33

Table EU LRA: Disclosure of LR qualitative information, CRR Article 451(1)(d,e)

| Row | | a
Disclosure of LR qualitative information |
| --- | --- | --- |
| (a) | Description of the processes used to manage the risk of excessive leverage | Swedbank takes the risk of excessive leverage into account in the forward-looking capital planning process by forecasting the leverage ratio at least on a quarterly basis. Other business steering or asset-and-liability management tools are also considered as means to affect the total exposure measure and may be accessed, should such a need arise. As a part of the capital planning process, Swedbank performs an assessment if the entire Group, as well as the parent company and its subsidiaries, are adequately capitalised. In case of a deterioration, Swedbank Group can also increase the Tier 1 capital by issuing Additional Tier 1 capital. Likewise, a capital injection to support subsidiaries may be performed. In addition to the injection of equity capital, the total capital in a subsidiary may also be strengthened through subordinated loans within the Group. To the extent that non-restricted equity is available in subsidiaries, funds can be transferred back to the parent company as dividends. Swedbank regularly reviews the capitalisation of the Group and the individual legal entities. The outcome of such reviews may trigger adjustments deemed necessary to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and an efficient capital management within the Group. Further, there are no current or foreseen material practical or legal impediments to the prompt transfer of own funds or repayment of liabilities to or from the parent company and its subsidiaries. |
| (b) | Description of the factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio during the period to which the disclosed leverage ratio refers | The leverage ratio decreased by 0.24 percentage points from 6.80 per cent to 6.56 per cent during 2025. The Tier 1 capital decreased by SEK 8.6bn, whereof CET1 capital decreased by SEK 6.5bn and AT1 capital decreased by SEK 2.0bn. The leverage ratio exposure amount decreased by SEK 29.4bn, where the main drivers were off balance which decreased by SEK 26.1bn, derivatives (decreased by SEK 11.3bn) that were offset by Other assets (by SEK 13.1bn). |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 7 - Disclosure of liquidity requirements

Table EU LIQA - Liquidity risk management, CRR Article 435(1), 451a (4)

Row number Liquidity risk management
(a) Strategies and processes in the management of the liquidity risk, including policies on diversification in the sources and tenor of planned funding, For the purpose of ensuring that liquidity risk stays within the risk appetite, and ultimately for supporting the Group's strategic goals, the maintenance of a liquidity-generating capacity, together with funding planning and risk identification, are key processes within Swedbank's liquidity risk management.

The liquidity-generating capacity comprises two components.
First, the Group's liquid assets, which comprise the liquidity reserve, i.e. liquid assets under the direct control of Group Treasury, as well as eligible unencumbered assets held elsewhere in the Group. Second, over-collateralisation in the cover pool, which represents liquidity-generating capacity as it can be used to issue covered bonds.

The inclusion criteria for liquid assets correspond to the definition of High-Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in the delegated regulation on the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR). The size and currency distribution of the reserve is determined by the maturity structure and composition of asset and liabilities and internal and external requirements, e.g. risk appetite, limits, and regulations applicable for Group and its subsidiaries.

Swedbank's funding strategy is based on three objectives: diversification, commitment, and proactivity. Funding shall be diversified based on long-term and short-term debt, different products, the maturity profile, geographies, and the currency distribution. Commitment is shown by maintaining a regular presence in the chosen markets and by providing liquidity. In order to be proactive in funding decisions, the Group monitors market developments and trends in the capital markets, including regulatory requirements, accounting changes and demands from rating agencies and investors. The funding strategy supports liquidity risk management, as it aims to ensure reliable access to funding markets.

The Group's funding strategy forms the basis for a more granular and tactical funding plan for issuance of debt where planned actions and activities are outlined. The funding plan spans a three-years period and is revised at least yearly, or when deemed appropriate due to changes in internal or external circumstances.

Liquidity risk identification is mainly managed through the Risk Identification Process, which is an annual process where liquidity risk topics are discussed. As part of this, a gross risk inventory is established and maintained. Liquidity risk factors stemming from on- and off-balance sheet items are well known and covered by the risk inventory. |
| (b) | Structure and organisation of the liquidity risk management function (authority, statute, other arrangements). | Group Treasury is responsible for measuring, monitoring and analysing liquidity risk, and for developing, implementing and maintaining Group-wide regulatory-driven methodologies for its measurement. Group Treasury is further responsible for implementing and maintaining the governance structure for liquidity risk management.

Group Risk is responsible for ensuring that liquidity risks are identified and properly managed by Group Treasury. Group Risk is further responsible for governance and strategies within liquidity risk control and provides independent review of liquidity risk management.

The division of responsibilities between Group Treasury and Group Risk with respect to liquidity risk management and control is defined in internal policies.

The Baltic subsidiary banks have separate risk functions. The Baltic subsidiary banks' risk functions are responsible for ensuring that liquidity risks are identified and properly managed by treasury function in subsidiaries and for governance and strategies within the area of liquidity risk control. Local liquidity risk control operates within governance and strategies set on Group level. |
| (c) | A description of the degree of centralisation of liquidity management and interaction between the group's units | Swedbank Group employs a centralised liquidity management, in the sense that regardless of where the liquidity reserve is located, Group Treasury is responsible for monitoring and coordinating the management of the reserve in different legal entities. Regulatory or other reasons are taken into account in the allocation of liquidity, why parts of the liquidity reserve may be held by different legal entities within the Group when deemed necessary.

Besides the central Group Treasury function, treasury functions in subsidiaries are established with responsibilities for local liquidity management. Due to the centralised approach, the Group Treasury function operates in close collaboration with the subsidiaries. |
| (d) | Scope and nature of liquidity risk reporting and measurement systems. | The liquidity position is regularly reported to the management body through a range of channels. The monthly reports by the CFO and CRO target different committees and are reported to the Board. The scope covers the key liquidity metrics, including point in time outcomes, historical comparisons and forward-looking perspectives. In addition, the ILAAP and the Risk Management and Capital Adequacy reports are well anchored throughout the management lines and is ultimately targeting the Board. Besides the internal risk reporting, external reporting is made to supervisors and other stakeholders. The liquidity systems provide information required in supporting the liquidity risk management processes and cater for measurement of key external and internal liquidity metrics as well as for data for analysis. The system solutions source relevant information and logic for generating cash flows and for structuring and compiling the data in accordance with common rules. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


35

(e) Policies for hedging and mitigating the liquidity risk and strategies and processes for monitoring the continuing effectiveness of hedges and mitigants. Internal rules and a risk limit framework aim to ensure that risks stay within appetite. The limits are decided by the CEO and allocated to the relevant executive management (the CFO in the case of liquidity risk). Executive management then allocates the limit to the risk-owner, which in the case of liquidity risk is the head of Group Treasury. Executive management may also impose limits in addition to the ones decided by the CEO.
(f) An outline of the bank's contingency funding plans. Swedbank maintains Business Continuity Plans (BCPs) to manage liquidity disruptions and incidents. The BCPs specify the situations under which Group Treasury's Crisis Management Team would be activated, and the range of actions that then may be taken to restore the situation.
A primary objective of the BCP for liquidity is to ensure that action is taken in an early phase, avoiding activation of the Recovery Plan. To this end, Group Treasury maintains limits and targets for Recovery indicators set above their Recovery trigger levels. Should the situation nevertheless become more severe, the CEO summons the Recovery Committee, and more far-reaching recovery options become available.
There is also a BCP dedicated to intraday liquidity management which covers routines activated in the event of disruptions to critical IT systems used in the intraday liquidity management process, and in the event of an intraday liquidity crisis. BCPs are also established in the Baltic subsidiaries.
(g) An explanation of how stress testing is used. The risk appetite for liquidity risk is the range of adverse scenarios the bank shall have a capacity to withstand. The lower the risk appetite, the more adverse a scenario the bank must be able to manage. In stress testing, scenarios that are more severe than envisioned in the risk appetite are imposed. The liquidity position in those severely adverse scenarios is compared to the board limits. The assessment is an attempt to answer the question - "given the current risk appetite, how would Swedbank fare if the materialised stress was significantly more severe than envisioned in the metrics used for daily liquidity steering?".
The stress test also assesses whether and when recovery triggers and/or regulatory requirements are breached for metrics such as the Survival horizon, LCR and NSFR.
In addition to the annual ILAAP stress test, quarterly stress tests (using the ILAAP scenario) and sensitivity analyses are conducted to continually attempt to identify weaknesses.
(h) A declaration approved by the management body on the adequacy of liquidity risk management arrangements of the institution providing assurance that the liquidity risk management systems put in place are adequate with regard to the institution's profile and strategy. Swedbank has, through its established risk management processes and governance framework, adequate arrangements for liquidity risk management and for maintaining the low risk appetite. Risk appetite is the level of liquidity risk that is acceptable for achieving the strategic goals of the Group. The Group has a low risk appetite for liquidity risk to ensure that the Group always can continue to serve its customers and shall therefore maintain resilience towards both short-term and long-term liquidity stress without relying on forced-asset sales or other business disrupting activities.
For the purpose of ensuring that liquidity risk stays within the risk appetite, and ultimately for supporting the Group's strategic goals, the maintenance of a liquidity-generating capacity, together with funding planning and risk identification, are central processes within Swedbank's liquidity risk management.
Throughout 2025 Swedbank's liquidity position was strong with all key metrics remaining well above internal and regulatory requirements.
(i) A concise liquidity risk statement approved by the management body succinctly describing the institution's overall liquidity risk profile associated with the business strategy. This statement shall include key ratios and figures (other than those already covered in the EU LIQ1 template under this ITS) providing external stakeholders with a comprehensive view of the institution's management of liquidity risk, including how the liquidity risk profile of the institution interacts with the risk tolerance set by the management body.
These ratios may include: The liquidity risk that is acceptable for achieving the Group's strategic goals, the risk appetite, is defined by the Board. The risk appetite comprises both qualitative risk appetite statements and board limits. The Group has a low appetite for liquidity risk to ensure that the Group always should be able to continue to serve its customers and therefore maintains resilience towards both short-term and long-term liquidity stress without relying on forced asset sales or other business disrupting activities.
Through the risk limit framework, the risk appetite determines minimums for the earlier described liquidity-generating capacity.
The risk appetite is limited by the regulatory metrics Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), and by survival periods, as measured by the internal survival horizon metric.
The liquidity positions as captured by the limiting metrics are monitored daily.
The Survival horizon metric is central in the management of liquidity. The survival period in the survival horizon answer to the question: "for how many days would the bank survive assuming liquidity was under severe pressure?". In addition to estimating the survival period itself, the liquidity position is evaluated at certain key horizons. The survival period is determined by the liquidity-generating capacity and the scenario-determined projected stressed cash flows. The projected cash flows cause the liquidity position to either increase or decrease over the scenario horizon.
The survival period is defined as the number of consecutive days for which the liquidity position remains positive. Cash flows are projected using stressed assumptions, meaning for instance that wholesale funding is not, or is only partially, rolled over. Other key assumptions are that significant deposit withdrawals occur, and a severe decline in house prices.
Concentration limits on collateral pools and sources of funding (both products and counterparties)
Customised measurement tools or metrics that assess the structure of the bank's balance sheet or that project cash flows and future liquidity positions, taking into account off-balance sheet risks which are specific to that bank
Liquidity exposures and funding needs at the level of individual legal entities, foreign branches and subsidiaries, taking into account legal, regulatory and operational limitations on the transferability of liquidity
Balance sheet and off-balance sheet items broken down into maturity buckets and the resultant liquidity gaps

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU LIQ1 - Quantitative information of LCR, CRR Article 451a(2)

SEKm a b c d e f g h
Total unweighted value (average) Total weighted value (average)
EU 1a Quarter ending on 31 Dec 2025 30 Sep 2025 30 Jun 2025 31 Mar 2025 31 Dec 2025 30 Sep 2025 30 Jun 2025 31 Mar 2025
EU 1b Number of data points used in the calculation of averages 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
HIGH-QUALITY LIQUID ASSETS
1 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 646 577 676 492 694 115 698 231
CASH - OUTFLOWS
2 Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which: 921 440 914 428 904 207 896 331 60 446 59 966 59 267 58 716
3 Stable deposits 684 077 678 777 671 205 665 454 34 204 33 939 33 560 33 273
4 Less stable deposits 237 363 235 651 233 002 230 877 26 243 26 027 25 707 25 443
5 Unsecured wholesale funding 539 552 555 221 559 067 551 087 319 669 333 549 335 371 329 508
6 Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative banks 305 124 307 700 308 400 304 937 116 386 117 050 116 532 115 429
7 Non-operational deposits (all counterparties) 181 614 189 413 188 981 184 954 150 467 158 391 157 154 152 884
8 Unsecured debt 52 815 58 108 61 685 61 196 52 815 58 108 61 685 61 196
9 Secured wholesale funding 2 966 2 879 3 261 3 379
10 Additional requirements 360 320 359 171 361 521 365 726 65 140 67 181 71 194 75 080
11 Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements 35 531 37 607 41 982 45 911 32 653 34 823 38 865 42 455
12 Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products
13 Credit and liquidity facilities 324 789 321 564 319 538 319 814 32 486 32 357 32 329 32 625
14 Other contractual funding obligations 16 357 14 395 14 015 13 378 7 306 4 958 4 328 3 519
15 Other contingent funding obligations 42 773 41 362 42 117 43 154 2 139 2 068 2 106 1 801
16 TOTAL CASH OUTFLOWS 457 665 470 601 475 527 472 004
CASH - INFLOWS
17 Secured lending (e.g. reverse repos) 138 289 137 829 133 340 121 867 23 011 22 826 22 061 18 424
18 Inflows from fully performing exposures 40 506 39 359 39 400 38 253 29 509 28 272 28 479 28 158
19 Other cash inflows 12 517 11 939 12 686 12 411 12 517 11 939 12 686 12 411
EU-19a (Difference between total weighted inflows and total weighted outflows arising from transactions in third countries where there are transfer restrictions or which are denominated in non-convertible currencies)
EU-19b (Excess inflows from a related specialised credit institution)
20 TOTAL CASH INFLOWS 191 312 189 127 185 425 172 531 65 037 63 037 63 226 58 994
EU-20a Fully exempt inflows
EU-20b Inflows subject to 90% cap
EU-20c Inflows subject to 75% cap 191 312 189 127 185 425 172 531 65 037 63 037 63 226 58 994
TOTAL ADJUSTED VALUE
EU-21 Liquidity buffer 646 577 676 492 694 115 698 231
22 Total net cash outflows 392 628 407 564 412 302 413 010
23 Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) 165.14% 167.05% 169.39% 170.26%

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


37

Table EU LIQB on qualitative information on LCR, which complements template EU LIQ1, CRR article 451a(2)

Row number Qualitative information on LCR
(a) Explanations on the main drivers of LCR results and the evolution of the contribution of inputs to the LCR's calculation over time Swedbank maintained a strong LCR throughout 2025 well above regulatory requirements. The high buffer was mainly driven by a large and stable stock of High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) and a conservative funding profile. The size of the liquidity buffer is determined by the maturity structure and composition of assets and liabilities, and consisted predominately of Level 1 assets, primarily of central bank reserves, government securities and covered bonds.
Cash outflows were largely driven by wholesale funding maturities and non-operational deposits outflows while retail and SME deposits continued to exhibit low volatility during the year. Both the LCR and its underlying components remained stable during the year, supported by consistent buffer quality and a balanced funding mix.
(b) Explanations on the changes in the LCR over time The average LCR (liquidity buffer divided by total net cash outflows over the next 30 calendar days) increased compared to Q3 2025, mainly driven by a decrease in cash outflows, partially offset by a decrease in the liquidity buffer.
(c) Explanations on the actual concentration of funding sources Swedbank's funding is diversified. The low level of concentration is supported by a large and broad depositor base, and by wholesale funding that is well-diversified across investors, instrument types, and currencies.
(d) High-level description of the composition of the institution's liquidity buffer. Swedbank's liquid assets consist to a large extent of central bank assets. The remaining assets primarily comprise of government bonds and extremely high quality covered bonds. A minor part is also held in Level 2 assets.
(e) Derivative exposures and potential collateral calls For assessing potential additional outflows from derivatives and other collateral requirements, the historical look-back approach is used, together with estimated effects from eventual rating downgrades.
(f) Currency mismatch in the LCR Swedbank is required to comply with LCR requirements for significant currencies and actively manages currency mismatches.
(g) Other items in the LCR calculation that are not captured in the LCR disclosure template but that the institution considers relevant for its liquidity profile There are no other material items in Swedbank's LCR that are not captured in the disclosure template.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU LIQ2 – Net Stable Funding Ratio, CRR Article 451a(3)

31 December 2025 a b c d e
Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted value
SEKm No maturity < 6 months 6 months to < 1yr ≥ 1yr
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 207 235 0 0 23 188 230 423
2 Own funds 207 235 0 0 23 188 230 423
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 0 0
4 Retail deposits 938 314 0 0 879 215
5 Stable deposits 694 651 0 0 659 918
6 Less stable deposits 243 663 0 0 219 297
7 Wholesale funding: 688 068 109 602 504 882 720 251
8 Operational deposits 190 045 0 0 95 022
9 Other wholesale funding 498 023 109 602 504 882 625 228
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 2 094 117 839 0 862 862
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 2 094
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories 117 839 0 862 862
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 1 830 750
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 3 748
EU-15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 0 0 328 659 279 360
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 234 124 92 573 1 371 629 1 090 745
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralised by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 10 646 0 0 0
19 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralised by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions 114 887 2 871 13 718 21 411
20 Performing loans to non- financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which: 91 236 77 384 405 685 427 767
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 33 179 6 874 4 574
22 Performing residential mortgages, of which: 13 337 11 533 934 061 624 627
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 11 682 10 130 908 798 601 625
24 Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products 4 018 786 18 165 16 940
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 49 915 6 161 76 304 81 464
27 Physical traded commodities 0 0
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs 0 0 14 742 12 531
29 NSFR derivative assets 0 0
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 23 270 1 163
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 26 645 6 161 61 562 67 769
32 Off-balance sheet items 79 722 36 748 292 439 21 726
33 Total RSF 1 477 043
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (%) 123.95%

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


30 September 2025 SEKm a b c d e
Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted value
No maturity < 6 months 6 months to < 1yr ≥ 1yr
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 215 555 0 0 23 672 239 226
2 Own funds 215 555 0 0 23 672 239 226
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 0 0
4 Retail deposits 926 041 0 0 867 807
5 Stable deposits 687 403 0 0 653 033
6 Less stable deposits 238 637 0 0 214 774
7 Wholesale funding: 741 770 161 450 501 710 743 314
8 Operational deposits 188 068 0 0 94 034
9 Other wholesale funding 553 702 161 450 501 710 649 280
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 1 494 87 240 0 884 884
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 1 494
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories 87 240 0 884 884
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 1 851 232
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 4 040
EU-15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 0 0 308 398 262 138
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 245 458 90 103 1 368 012 1 088 584
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralised by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 13 974 0 0 0
19 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralised by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions 123 614 5 046 20 177 29 317
20 Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which: 87 600 70 577 384 818 404 819
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 40 130 6 824 4 521
22 Performing residential mortgages, of which: 12 556 13 427 936 659 627 084
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 10 994 11 771 910 341 603 104
24 Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products 7 713 1 052 26 358 27 364
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 52 725 0 68 480 73 083
27 Physical traded commodities 0 0
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs 0 0 14 439 12 273
29 NSFR derivative assets 0 0
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 18 939 947
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 33 786 0 54 041 59 863
32 Off-balance sheet items 83 010 35 368 247 229 19 649
33 Total RSF 1 447 493
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (%) 127.89%

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


30 June 2025 a b c d e
SEKm Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted value
No maturity < 6 months 6 months to < 1yr ≥ 1yr
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 212 827 0 0 18 563 231 391
2 Own funds 212 827 0 0 18 563 231 391
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 0 0
4 Retail deposits 926 738 0 0 868 545
5 Stable deposits 689 611 0 0 655 130
6 Less stable deposits 237 127 0 0 213 414
7 Wholesale funding: 837 559 109 495 499 287 727 306
8 Operational deposits 197 257 0 0 98 629
9 Other wholesale funding 640 302 109 495 499 287 628 677
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 365 76 298 0 1 025 1 025
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 365
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories 76 298 0 1 025 1 025
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 1 828 265
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 5 220
EU-15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 0 0 292 292 248 449
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 270 908 93 301 1 365 955 1 082 428
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralised by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 13 671 0 0 0
19 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralised by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions 157 699 4 740 21 801 32 665
20 Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which: 83 434 74 726 377 436 398 474
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 113 50 7 132 4 717
22 Performing residential mortgages, of which: 12 411 12 948 951 523 636 295
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 10 890 11 383 925 891 612 965
24 Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products 3 693 888 15 196 14 994
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 76 114 0 64 305 68 851
27 Physical traded commodities 0 0
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs 0 0 14 580 12 393
29 NSFR derivative assets 0 0
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 19 322 966
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 56 792 0 49 725 55 492
32 Off-balance sheet items 85 256 28 972 245 366 19 372
33 Total RSF 1 424 320
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (%) 128.36%

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


41

31 March 2025 a b c d e
SEKm Unweighted value by residual maturity Weighted value
No maturity < 6 months 6 months to < 1yr ≥ 1yr
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1 Capital items and instruments 210 555 0 0 18 365 228 920
2 Own funds 210 555 0 0 18 365 228 920
3 Other capital instruments 0 0 0 0
4 Retail deposits 889 892 0 0 833 954
5 Stable deposits 661 020 0 0 627 969
6 Less stable deposits 228 872 0 0 205 985
7 Wholesale funding: 810 934 155 526 463 768 710 912
8 Operational deposits 197 572 0 0 98 786
9 Other wholesale funding 613 362 155 526 463 768 612 126
10 Interdependent liabilities 0 0 0 0
11 Other liabilities: 3 922 105 158 0 1 019 1 019
12 NSFR derivative liabilities 3 922
13 All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories 105 158 0 1 019 1 019
14 Total available stable funding (ASF) 1 774 805
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) 7 818
EU-15a Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool 0 0 258 861 220 032
16 Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes 0 0 0 0
17 Performing loans and securities: 254 769 84 343 1 386 959 1 090 839
18 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralised by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut 12 046 0 0 0
19 Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralised by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions 141 822 5 784 21 696 32 295
20 Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which: 86 095 67 647 371 719 391 430
21 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 165 67 7 011 4 673
22 Performing residential mortgages, of which: 9 616 10 253 973 906 647 809
23 With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardised Approach for credit risk 7 996 8 589 949 730 625 617
24 Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products 5 189 659 19 637 19 306
25 Interdependent assets 0 0 0 0
26 Other assets: 77 087 0 66 270 71 534
27 Physical traded commodities 0 0
28 Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs 0 0 16 090 13 676
29 NSFR derivative assets 0 0
30 NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted 42 022 2 101
31 All other assets not included in the above categories 35 065 0 50 181 55 757
32 Off-balance sheet items 87 056 31 086 238 343 19 150
33 Total RSF 1 409 373
34 Net Stable Funding Ratio (%) 125.93%

The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) decreased slightly during Q4 2025, from 128 per cent to 124 per cent. The main driver behind this change was a slight increase in Required Stable Funding (RSF), mainly due to growth in the loan portfolio and a decrease in Available Stable Funding (ASF), mainly due to a decrease in short term funding and own capital.

The ASF is mostly composed of funding from deposits and long-term issued debt.

The RSF is mostly composed of funding needed to give out residential mortgage loans and loans to non-financial corporate clients. It is relevant to note that there is a slight interdependence between residential mortgage loans and long-term issued debt in the form of covered bonds. When a covered bond is issued, more stable funding is made available in the category wholesale funding. However, this also encumbers a corresponding volume of residential mortgage loans that then receive a slightly higher factor weight which in turn increases the required funding.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Section 8 - Disclosure of credit risk quality

Table EU CRA: General qualitative information about credit risk, CRR Article 435(1)(a,b,d,f)

Row number General qualitative information about credit risk
(a) Credit risk appetite
Swedbank's credit risk appetite is aligned with the overall risk strategy and risk appetite, which is described in EU OVA - Institution risk management approach. Swedbank's risk appetite for credit risk is low. Customers shall demonstrate sustainable repayment ability and adequate financial position. The Group shall only enter into transactions or agreements when the bank and the customer fully understand and are aware of the risks involved, aiming for long-term relationships. Customers shall be clearly connected to Swedbank's four home markets or its Nordic branches.
The Group shall avoid unwanted risk concentrations. Diversification shall be obtained through distribution in terms of sectors, geography, instruments, and counterparties. ESG factors shall be considered, including assessing and managing the risks and opportunities linked to customers' transition to a sustainable society and mitigation of physical impact from climate change.
(b) Processes to manage credit risk
Swedbank's overall risk management processes are described in EU OVA - Institution risk management approach. Within credit risk, the most important processes are outlined below.

Credit policy – The credit policy establishes and describes the high-level principles and rules within the Group on credit risk management and credit operations. It provides basis for the Group's credit strategy and serves as a guide to create long-term customer relationship and maintain a low risk in the credit portfolio as well as good risk-adjusted profitability.
Prudent banking is one of the main governing principles. It means sound and reasonable risk management practices in line with Swedbank values and low risk appetite. It also considers responsible lending from a consumer protection perspective as well as from a societal perspective.
The credit portfolio shall have low risk and be well-diversified. Diversification is obtained by geographical and industrial spread, a diversified customer base and by avoiding undesirable risk concentrations of any kind. Low risk is developed and maintained through relevant credit risk steering principles as well as clear credit strategy and appropriate targets within each business unit that are in line with the strategy and risk appetite of the Group. A continuous and structured monitoring of the credit portfolio is essential to maintain a desired risk level and long-term quality of the business relations.
The credit operations shall strive towards long-term customer relationships and rest on sound business acumen to achieve solid profitability. A customer's sustainable cash flow, solvency and collateral are always key lending variables. Credits shall only be granted to customers with a demonstrated repayment ability and a sufficient financial situation. Duality and segregation of duties are essential in all credit operations within the Group to ensure sound credit operations including well-founded decisions. It shall be reflected in the organisation of the credit risk management with an independent credit function and applied in decision-making and otherwise in the credit process.
The credit framework shall always be read in conjunction with policies, position statements and other internal guidelines in the ESG area. The ESG risk perspective shall be an integrated part of all credit risk assessments to mitigate such risk and identify opportunities.

Credit operations processes – The main processes of the credit operations include credit risk assessment, decision on credit risk, and credit monitoring and review, as described below. Credit risk assessment, including business analysis, is the basis for a credit decision. The credit assessment covers the counterparty's capacity to repay. It also includes collateral considerations and other risk mitigating actions, as well as terms and conditions for the credit arrangement. Risk-classification of the counterparty is an important part of the credit risk assessment. Relevant ESG aspects is included in the analysis of the counterparty's opportunities and risks.
Decisions on credit proposals are made according to an established structure of credit decision-making bodies. The primary credit decision is made in a credit decision-making body within the business area responsible for the borrower and its credit risk. Credit proposals implying higher risks are reassessed and finally decided by an upper credit committee. For smaller standardised credits automated solutions for credit assessment and decision-making may be used.
Credit monitoring and review of individual credit risk exposures is performed continuously to early identify any change in credit risk. In addition to continuous monitoring, corporate customers, financial institutions, and sovereigns are also reviewed at least annually. If a counterparty's risk has deteriorated, several corrective measures are considered and implemented, with the objective to avoid impairment, and/or minimise the risk of loss in case of default.

Hedging and mitigation of credit risk – There are several ways to mitigate credit risk, including mainly:
• The credit policy and credit strategy with a clear guidance on Swedbank's low risk appetite.
• The credit risk limit framework including key risk indicators to monitor and protect against unwanted risk-taking.
• The use of financial and physical collateral valued using Group common valuation methodologies, risk transfer mechanisms such as guarantees and insurance, and covenants in credit documentation.
• The use of hedging strategies, netting agreements, and clearing through central counterparties.
• Diversification or increasing the portfolio mix of customers within different markets and segments.
The main types of collateral, collateral valuation and netting policies are described in EU CRC – Qualitative disclosure requirements related to CRM techniques.

Credit risk limits – The purpose of the risk limit framework is to integrate the risk appetite into the Group's daily operations and to facilitate effective and structured monitoring and reporting to keep the Group's risk exposure within the established Group risk appetite. The framework includes risk limits, escalation triggers, and key risk indicators, which are defined on Group level and business area level. The CRO has overall responsibility for the risk limit framework, which is reviewed annually to secure that set limits reflect that Swedbank operates within the risk appetite. The risk limits are decided by the CEO and by executive management.
Control and monitoring of credit exposures against risk limits are performed monthly and reported to the CRO, risk limit issuers and risk owning managers in a credit risk limit report. In case of a limit breach, the risk owner reports the incident and mitigating actions to the risk organisation and relevant managers. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


43

| (c) | Monitoring and reporting of credit risk – Group Risk oversees the Group’s credit risk development and reports monthly to the CRO, who informs the CEO and the Board. Important parts of the monthly risk reports are credit portfolio trends, findings from stress tests and other analysis, and the credit risk limit report.
Group Risk annually performs a thorough and comprehensive stress test of the entire Group, the ICAAP, described in EU OVC - Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process", which includes a credit loss stress of the total credit portfolio. In addition, Group Risk conducts stress tests on selected sectors, typically the largest sectors, and specific segments or exposure types with potentially increased risks. |
| --- | --- |
| (d) | Credit governance structure and responsibilities
Swedbank’s governance structure for risk management including the three lines of defence is described in EU OVA - Institution risk management approach. In the credit risk area, the governance structure details as follows.
The business units, the first line of defence, are responsible for the operational credit management of their customers and own all credit risks that arise within their area of operation. The head of the unit ensures that all credits are assessed, decided, administrated, and followed-up in accordance with the credit framework, including establishing an integrated internal control of high quality in the credit process. The head of each business unit shall also make sure that the credit transactions are in line with Swedbank’s strategies, policies, and instructions. The business unit is furthermore accountable for the profitability connected to the credit decision.
Group Risk, the second line of defence, is responsible for independent monitoring and control of the credit risk management carried out by the business operations. This includes verification that internal rules and processes defined in the credit risk framework are complied with, and that the first line of defence has adequate controls in place. Group Risk also has the responsibility to maintain, develop and monitor the risk classification system, and the responsibility to perform independent assessment of challenging credit proposals. Group Risk shall independently report relevant risk information to the CEO and the Board.
Group Compliance, also within the second line of defence, is in the credit risk area responsible for screening and control of regulatory compliance. Group Internal Audit, the third line of defence, is governed by and reports to the Board. It performs independent periodic reviews of the credit management, and the credit control processes within the first and second line of defence. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Table EU CRB: Additional disclosure related to the credit quality of assets, CRR Article 442(a,b)

Row number Additional disclosure related to the credit quality of assets
(a) Past due and impaired exposures
Past due exposures refer to exposures where amounts due for payment have not been paid in accordance with the payment terms of the credit agreements.
Credit-impaired exposures are exposures for which it is unlikely that the payments will be received in accordance with the contractual terms and where there is a risk that Swedbank will not receive full payment. Credit-impaired exposures are moved to stage 3 according to the accounting framework IFRS 9.
Swedbank’s IFRS 9 definitions of default and credit-impaired exposures are aligned to its regulatory definition of default according to CRR.
A credit exposure is regarded to be in default, and credit-impaired, if any of the following criteria are met:
• The borrower is past due more than 90 days on any material credit obligation to Swedbank Group.
• The Group considers that the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising security.
When assessing whether a borrower is unlikely to pay its obligations, Swedbank assesses both qualitative and quantitative factors, including but not limited to, overdue status, non-payment on other obligations of the same borrower, bankruptcy filing, and breaches of financial covenants. For sovereign and financial institutions exposure classes, the trigger of default and credit-impaired status is based on manual decisions rather than strictly 90 days past due.
(b) The extent of past-due exposures (more than 90 days) that are not considered to be impaired and the reasons for this
All past-due exposures more than 90 days are considered to be impaired.
(c) Methods for determining credit risk adjustments
Credit impairment provisions are measured according to an expected credit loss model in line with the accounting standard IFRS 9. All exposures, performing as well as non-performing, will carry a credit impairment provision (loss allowance) depending on their stage allocation.
The exposures are allocated to one of three stages:
• Stage 1 – Performing exposures where the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition.
• Stage 2 – Performing exposures where the risk of default has increased significantly since initial recognition, but the asset is still not classified as credit-impaired.
• Stage 3 – Credit-impaired exposures.
Regardless of which stage an exposure is allocated to, provisions will be calculated according to Swedbank’s models. The key inputs used in the quantitative models are probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), exposure at default (EAD) and expected lifetime. Expected credit losses reflect both historical data and probability weighted forward-looking scenarios. For large exposures in stage 3, the provisioning will be assessed manually by using scenario-based cash flows and then decided by the relevant credit decision-making body.
More details about credit impairment provisions are found in the Annual Report, note G2 (3.8) and note G3 (3.1.4).
(d) Forborne exposures
Forborne exposures refer to exposures where the contractual terms have been changed due to the customer’s financial difficulties. The purpose of forbearance measures is to enable the borrower to make full payments again and to avoid foreclosure, or when this is not considered possible, to maximise the repayment of outstanding exposures. Changes in contractual terms include various forms of concessions such as amortisation suspensions, reductions in interest rates to below market rate, forgiveness of all or part of the exposure, or issuance of new loans to pay overdue amounts.
Depending on when the forbearance measures are taken and the severity of the financial difficulties of the borrower, the forborne exposure could either be classified as performing or non-performing.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CR1 - Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions, CRR Article 442(c,f)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions Accumulated partial write-off Collateral and financial guarantees received
Performing exposures Non-performing exposures Performing exposures – accumulated impairment and provisions Non-performing exposures – accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions On performing exposures On non-performing exposures
SEKm Of which stage 1 Of which stage 2 Of which stage 2 Of which stage 3 Of which stage 1 Of which stage 2 Of which stage 2 Of which stage 3
005 Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 260 824 260 824
010 Loans and advances 1 911 511 1 758 220 152 605 11 466 9 483 -3 554 -1 266 -2 280 -2 046 -2 045 1 711 939 6 505
020 Central banks 6 184 6 184
030 General governments 8 047 7 956 92 -1 -1 0 1 389
040 Credit institutions 24 495 24 329 166 0 0 -20 -18 -2 0 0 25
050 Other financial corporations 20 050 19 716 334 0 0 -24 -17 -6 0 0 10 904 0
060 Non-financial corporations 642 193 578 713 63 275 5 173 5 173 -2 132 -645 -1 487 -1 333 -1 333 548 939 3 174
070 Of which SMEs 351 285 312 645 38 435 3 390 3 390 -793 -239 -554 -539 -539 340 550 2 787
080 Households 1 210 542 1 121 322 88 738 6 293 4 310 -1 377 -585 -785 -713 -712 1 150 682 3 331
090 Debt securities 156 176 99 966
100 Central banks 99 966 99 966
110 General governments 40 300
120 Credit institutions 15 910 0
130 Other financial corporations
140 Non-financial corporations
150 Off-balance-sheet exposures 406 608 331 047 24 212 172 171 -574 -214 -363 -84 -84 24 321 26
160 Central banks
170 General governments 25 068 25 051 6 0 0 0 88
180 Credit institutions 14 746 14 244 502 -14 -5 -9
190 Other financial corporations 15 991 15 360 594 -8 -7 -2 962
200 Non-financial corporations 230 211 202 490 21 785 165 164 -505 -164 -342 -82 -82 20 830 26
210 Households 120 591 73 901 1 325 7 7 -47 -38 -10 -2 -2 2 441 0
220 Total 2 735 119 2 450 057 176 817 11 638 9 654 -4 128 -1 480 -2 643 -2 130 -2 129 1 736 260 6 531

Total performing exposures, Stage 1 and Stage 2 loans, decreased by SEK 4.2bn compared to Q2 2025, driven by a decrease of SEK 62bn in cash balances at central banks. Performing loans and advances increased by SEK 34bn driven by increase in households, supported by acquisitions of Stabelo and Entercard, and non-financial corporations. Off-balance sheet exposures increased by SEK 32bn, mainly in households and non-financial corporations, while debt securities decreased by SEK 8bn.

Stage 2 exposures decreased by SEK 10bn, driven by on- and off-balance exposures in non-financial corporations.

Non-performing exposures, Stage 3, decreased by SEK 1.6bn, mainly in household loans. The overall quality of Swedbank's exposures remained stable with less than 0.5per cent non-performing exposures.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


46

Template EU CR1-A - Maturity of exposures, CRR Article 442(g)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f
Net exposure value
SEKm On demand <= 1 year > 1 year <= 5 years > 5 years No stated maturity Total
1 Loans and advances 6 509 383 977 447 566 1 079 325 0 1 917 377
2 Debt securities 0 120 141 23 235 12 800 0 156 176
3 Total 6 509 504 118 470 801 1 092 125 0 2 073 553

More than half of loans and advances, 56 per cent as of Q4 2025 (61 per cent as of Q2 2025) have a maturity exceeding five years, primarily consisting of private mortgage loans.

Template EU CR2 - Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances, CRR Article 442(f)

31 December 2025 a
Gross carrying amount
SEKm
010 Initial stock of non-performing loans and advances 14 042
020 Inflows to non-performing portfolios 6 660
030 Outflows from non-performing portfolios -9 236
040 Outflows due to write-offs -1 451
050 Outflow due to other situations -7 785
060 Final stock of non-performing loans and advances 11 466

Non-performing loans and advances decreased by SEK 2.6bn compared to Q4 2024, mainly in households.

Template EU CR2a - Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances and related net accumulated recoveries, CRR Article 442(c,f)

According to CRR, EU CR2a is applicable to institutions with a threshold ratio on non-performing loans and advances (NPL ratio) of 5 per cent or above. Swedbank's NPL ratio is below 5 per cent.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CQ1 - Credit quality of forborne exposures, CRR Article 442(c)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount of exposures with forbearance measures Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions Collateral received and financial guarantees received on forborne exposures
SEKm Performing forborne Non-performing forborne On performing forborne exposures On non-performing forborne exposures Of which collateral and financial guarantees received on non-performing exposures with forbearance measures
Of which defaulted Of which impaired
005 Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits
010 Loans and advances 16 025 3 906 3 906 3 341 -159 -803 17 792 2 322
020 Central banks
030 General governments 86 0
040 Credit institutions
050 Other financial corporations
060 Non-financial corporations 1 391 1 755 1 755 1 755 -123 -554 2 048 895
070 Households 14 548 2 151 2 151 1 586 -36 -249 15 744 1 427
080 Debt Securities
090 Loan commitments given 496 49 49 49 -23 -48 26 0
100 Total 16 521 3 955 3 955 3 390 -182 -851 17 818 2 322

Performing forborne exposures decreased by SEK 0.7bn compared to Q2 2025. Non-performing forborne exposures increased by SEK 0.7bn, mainly in non-financial corporations.

Template EU CQ2 - Quality of forbearance, CRR Article 442(c)

According to CRR, EU CQ2 is applicable to institutions with a threshold ratio on non-performing loans and advances (NPL ratio) of 5 per cent or above. Swedbank's NPL ratio is below 5 per cent.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU CQ3: Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by past due days, CRR Article 442(d)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h i j k l
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount
Performing exposures Non-performing exposures
SEKm Not past due or past due ≤ 30 days Past due > 30 days ≤ 90 days Unlikely to pay that are not past due or are past due ≤ 90 days Past due > 90 days ≤ 180 days Past due > 180 days ≤ 1 year Past due > 1 year ≤ 2 years Past due > 2 years ≤ 5 years Past due > 5 years ≤ 7 years Past due > 7 years Of which defaulted
005 Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 260 824 260 824
010 Loans and advances 1 911 511 1 910 605 907 11 466 6 452 1 346 1 123 1 519 970 27 29 11 466
020 Central banks 6 184 6 184
030 General governments 8 047 8 047
040 Credit institutions 24 495 24 495 0 0 0
050 Other financial corporations 20 050 20 050 0 0 0
060 Non-financial corporations 642 193 642 172 22 5 173 3 485 771 422 387 97 9 2 5 173
070 Of which SMEs 351 285 351 264 22 3 390 1 800 771 421 291 95 9 2 3 390
080 Households 1 210 542 1 209 657 885 6 293 2 967 575 701 1 132 873 18 27 6 293
090 Debt securities 156 176 156 176
100 Central banks 99 966 99 966
110 General governments 40 300 40 300
120 Credit institutions 15 910 15 910
130 Other financial corporations
140 Non-financial corporations
150 Off-balance-sheet exposures 406 608 172 172
160 Central banks
170 General governments 25 068
180 Credit institutions 14 746
190 Other financial corporations 15 991
200 Non-financial corporations 230 212 165 165
210 Households 120 591 7 7
220 Total 2 735 119 2 327 603 907 11 638 6 452 1 346 1 123 1 519 970 27 29 11 638

Performing exposures past due more than 30 days, and less or equal to 90 days, decreased by SEK 0.8bn compared to Q4 2024. Non-performing exposures past due more than 90 days increased by SEK 0.1bn/was largely unchanged. Total exposures past due remained on a low level with less than 1 per cent of total loans and advances past due more than 30 days.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU CQ4 - Quality of non-performing exposures by geography, CRR Article 442(c,e)

a b c d e f g
31 December 2025 Gross carrying/nominal amount Accumulated impairment Provisions on off-balance-sheet commitments and financial guarantees given Accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk on non-performing exposures
Of which non-performing Of which subject to impairment
SEKm Of which defaulted
010 On-balance-sheet exposures 2 079 153 11 466 -5 600
Sweden 1 665 347 10 101 -3 980
Norway 44 707 202 -324
Denmark 8 762 54 -117
Finland 25 860 6 -57
Estonia 120 662 535 -347
Latvia 58 137 184 -260
Lithuania 125 015 372 -449
USA 8 979 1 -1
Other countries 21 684 10 -65
080 Off-balance-sheet exposures 406 780 172 -658
Sweden 277 195 161 -478
Norway 29 383 -51
Denmark 3 934 -3
Finland 26 125 -66
Estonia 18 883 5 -8
Latvia 10 663 6 -10
Lithuania 20 903 0 -19
USA 3 697 0
Other countries 15 997 -23
150 Total 2 485 933 11 638 -5 600 -658

Swedbank's credit exposures are geographically concentrated to its four home markets, with 78 per cent of total exposures in Sweden and 14 per cent in the Baltic countries. The remaining part is mainly in other Nordic countries.

Defaulted exposures decreased by SEK 1.6bn compared to Q2 2025, primarily in Swedish on-balance sheet exposures. Defaulted exposures represent less than 1 per cent of total exposures.

According to CRR, the columns "of which non-performing" and "of which subject to impairment" in EU CQ4, are applicable to institutions with a threshold ratio on nonperforming loans and advances (NPL ratio) of 5 per cent or above. Swedbank's NPL ratio is below 5 per cent.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


50

Template EU CQ5 - Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry, CRR Article 442(c,e)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f
Gross carrying amount Accumulated impairment Accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk on non-performing exposures
SEKm Of which non-performing Of which loans and advances subject to impairment
010 Agriculture, forestry and fishing 16 306 30 -141
020 Mining and quarrying 1 566 88 -60
030 Manufacturing 39 714 1 154 -879
040 Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 25 901 15 -111
050 Water supply 3 475 12 -61
060 Construction 19 137 148 -203
070 Wholesale and retail trade 43 799 966 -465
080 Transport and storage 15 534 51 -138
090 Accommodation and food service activities 4 596 31 -24
100 Information and communication 13 097 5 -282
110 Financial and insurance activities 12 884 3 -41
120 Real estate activities 410 966 2 284 -769
130 Professional, scientific and technical activities 20 224 40 -116
140 Administrative and support service activities 9 769 51 -83
150 Public administration and defense, compulsory social security 2 0
160 Education 1 139 1 -16
170 Human health services and social work activities 4 219 6 -22
180 Arts, entertainment and recreation 3 421 285 -52
190 Other services 1 617 3 -2
200 Total 647 366 5 173 -3 465

Industry distribution in EU CQ5 is according to NACE industry classification and differs from the sector distribution used by Swedbank in annual and interim reports.

Loans and advances to non-financial corporations increased by SEK 14bn compared to Q2 2025, mainly in industry sectors real estate activities, and professional, scientific and technical activities. Defaulted exposures decreased by SEK 0.4bn. Real estate activities (including tenant-owner associations) is the largest industry sector, 63 per cent of gross carrying amount of loans and advances to non-financial corporations.

According to CRR, the columns "of which non-performing" and "of which loans and advances subject to impairment" in EU CQ5, are applicable to institutions with a threshold ratio on non-performing loans and advances (NPL ratio) of 5 per cent or above. Swedbank's NPL ratio is below 5 per cent.

Template EU CQ6 - Collateral valuation - loans and advances, CRR Article 442(c)

According to CRR, EU CQ6 is applicable to institutions with a threshold ratio on non-performing loans and advances (NPL ratio) of 5 per cent or above. Swedbank's NPL ratio is below 5 per cent.

Template EU CQ7 - Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes, CRR Article 442(c)

31 December 2025 a b
Collateral obtained by taking possession
SEKm Value at initial recognition Accumulated negative changes
010 Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
020 Other than PP&E 41 -11
030 Residential immovable property
040 Commercial Immovable property 7
050 Movable property (auto, shipping, etc.) 34 -11
060 Equity and debt instruments
070 Other collateral
080 Total 41 -11

The total value at initial recognition of collateral obtained by taking possession decreased by SEK 6m compared to Q2 2025, mainly in movable property in business area Baltic Banking.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


51

Template EU CQ8 - Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes – vintage breakdown, CRR Article 442(c)

According to CRR, EU CQ8 is applicable to institutions with a threshold ratio on non-performing loans and advances (NPL ratio) of 5 per cent or above. Swedbank’s NPL ratio is below 5 per cent.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 9 - Disclosure of credit risk mitigation techniques

Table EU CRC - Qualitative disclosure requirements related to CRM techniques, CRR Article 453(a-e)

Legal basis Row number Qualitative disclosure requirements related to CRM techniques
Article 453 (a) CRR (a) Netting policies
Swedbank enters into master netting agreements (MNAs) with counterparties with whom derivatives or securities financing transactions are made. The main types of MNAs are the ISDA Master Agreement, used for derivatives, the Global Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA), used for repurchase agreements, and the Global Master Securities Lending Agreement (GMSLA), used for securities financing transactions. All are global standards commonly used for documenting transactions of respective type.
The use of MNAs allows for novation of individual transactions into one single contract instead of treating all transactions individually.
Article 453 (b) CRR (b) Management and valuation of eligible collateral
Swedbank has internal policies stipulating the eligibility requirements of different types of credit protection that need to be fulfilled in order to achieve credit risk mitigation in the calculation of capital requirements. These requirements are aligned with the regulatory requirements stipulated in CRR. Every type of collateral has specific requirements, however in general all types of credit protection arrangement must have their legal certainty verified by obtaining a legal opinion. This legal opinion should verify that the credit protection agreement is legally effective and enforceable in the relevant jurisdictions and whether the credit protection arrangement meets the specific conditions for each specific type of credit protection.
For collateral types which are eligible as part of Swedbank’s permissions to use own estimates of loss given default (LGD) parameter, the effect of those collateral types may be recognised through the use of modelled LGD. For other cases and collateral types where own LGD estimates are not used, the method for recognition used is the prescribed regulatory approach as set out by the CRR. Collateral is valuable from a risk perspective even if the credit protection is not eligible for capital adequacy purposes. When granting credits, Swedbank applies adequate credit protection, e.g. pledged collateral and guarantees. The collateral, its value and risk mitigating effect are considered through the credit process.
The valuation of collateral is based on a thorough review and analysis of the pledged assets and is an integrated part of the credit risk assessment. The establishment of the collateral value is part of the credit decision. The value of the collateral is reassessed as part of periodic credit reviews and in situations where Swedbank has reason to believe that the value has deteriorated, or the exposure has become non-performing. For financial collateral, such as debt securities and equities, valuation is normally performed daily and reduced by haircuts when applicable. The established value of the collateral shall correspond to the most likely sales price at the date of valuation estimated in a qualitative process and characterised by prudence. The risk mitigating effect of the collateral shall be considered. If the risk mitigating effect is limited, the value shall be reduced accordingly.
Real estate valuation shall be based on facts concerning the object, circumstances in the local market and an adequate estimation of all relevant factors which may affect the market value in a situation where the collateral is sold. The estimated value shall correspond to the market value and be based on fair assumptions, a conservative approach, and a reliable outlook. Uncertain conditions that may have an impact on the value must be reported in a sensitivity analysis that illustrates the impact that changes in these conditions may have on the proposed market value. Risks associated with sustainability and environmental issues, such as pollutions or contamination of a property, shall be taken into consideration when setting market value of the property.
For commercial real estate (cash-flow generating properties), the cash-flow shall be analysed to ensure that the property over time generates a positive net operating income that covers the financial costs. Cash-flow calculations shall be based on market rents and complemented with current rental agreements for the contract period.
For private housing, including tenant-owner rights, the market valuation is normally based on a sales comparison approach. The process integrates both qualitative and quantitative information about the property and sales transactions.
Article 453 (c) CRR (c) Main types of collateral
The most common types of pledged collateral used by Swedbank are private housing including tenant-owner rights, commercial real estate, floating charge, and financial instruments.
Credits without collateral are mainly granted for small loans to private customers or loans to large companies with very solid repayment capacity. For the latter, special loan covenants are commonly created which entitle Swedbank to renegotiate or terminate the agreement if the borrower’s repayment capacity deteriorates, or if the covenants are otherwise breached
Collaterals used to mitigate counterparty credit risk exposures are described in EU CCRA - Qualitative disclosure related to CCR.
Article 453 (d) CRR (d) Guarantors and credit derivative counterparties
Main types of guarantees used in the credit risk mitigation are guarantees provided by parent companies to subsidiaries. Other types of guarantees used are those received from export credit agencies as part of the trade finance activities and sovereign guarantees provided to particular types of loans. For a guarantee to be effective in the credit risk mitigation, the credit worthiness of the guarantor must be superior to the obligor and the guarantor cannot be in default state.
In special circumstances, Swedbank may buy credit derivatives or financial guarantees to hedge the credit risk, but this is not part of Swedbank’s normal lending operations. Credit derivatives are currently not being used as a risk mitigation technique for credit risk.
Article 453 (e) CRR (e) Credit risk concentrations within mitigation instruments
Approximately 57 per cent of Swedbank’s total loans to customers have private housing collateral indicating a high concentration risk. However, the composition of the portfolio, with a large number of customers, in all four home markets and a variation between customers in larger city areas and countryside as well as relatively small amounts on each borrower, mitigates the risks. Another 22 per cent of the loans have other types of real estate collateral. This portfolio is spread over a large number of customers, several geographies and different property segments.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


53

Template EU CR3 - CRM techniques overview: Disclosure of the use of credit risk mitigation techniques, CRR Article 453(f)

31 December 2025 Unsecured carrying amount Secured carrying amount
Of which secured by collateral Of which secured by financial guarantees
SEKm a b c d e
1 Loans and advances 465 356 1 718 445 1 644 999 73 446
2 Debt securities 156 176
3 Total 621 532 1 718 445 1 644 999 73 446
4 Of which non-performing exposures 4 949 6 505 6 201 305
EU-5 Of which defaulted 4 949 6 505

Loans and advances in this table include cash balances at central banks. Excluding the cash balances, 89 per cent of Swedbank's loans and advances were secured in Q4 2025 (89 per cent in Q2 2025), mainly by collateral in private housing or other real estate.

EU CR3 covers all CRM techniques recognised under the accounting framework regardless of whether these techniques are recognised under CRR.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 10 - Disclosure of credit risk SA

Table EU CRD – Qualitative disclosure requirements related to standardised model, CRR Article 444(a-d)

Legal basis Row number Qualitative disclosure requirements related to standardised approach
Article 444 (a) CRR (a) External ratings used
Swedbank uses ratings assigned by Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch in both Sweden and in the Baltic countries. For Sweden, Swedbank started to use Moody's and Fitch in addition to Standard & Poor's in January 2025. This is due to the introduction of the output floor.
Article 444 (b) CRR (b) Exposure classes using external ratings
Ratings are required to be used in the calculation of risk weights for central governments and central banks, regional governments and local authorities, institutions, and corporate exposure classes. In addition, ratings are used in the calculation of risk weights in relation to the output floor calculation.
Article 444 (c) CRR (c) Process used to determine the risk weight
In the standardised approach, fixed risk weights are applied to each exposure class split into credit quality steps, based on ratings assigned by external credit rating agencies. Each exposure is assigned to a credit quality step, and dependent on exposure class, a risk weight associated with the credit quality step. The risk weights are in some cases also affected by maturity. When an external credit rating is not available, a default treatment is applied.
Article 444 (d) CRR (d) Mapping of external ratings to credit quality steps
External ratings for the nominated external credit assessment institutions (ECAI) and corresponding credit quality steps according to below. Swedbank use risk weights that correspond to credit quality steps in line with the standard association in accordance with Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/1799.
Credit quality step 1: S&P AAA to AA-, Moody's Aaa to Aa3, Fitch AAA to AA-
Credit quality step 2: S&P A+ to A-, Moody's A1 to A3, Fitch A+ to A-
Credit quality step 3: S&P BBB+ to BBB-, Moody's Baa1 to Baa3, Fitch BBB+ to BBB-
Credit quality step 4: S&P BB+ to BB-, Moody's Ba1 to Ba3, Fitch BB+ to BB-
Credit quality step 5: S&P B+ to B-, Moody's B1 to B3, Fitch B+ to B-
Credit quality step 6: S&P CCC+ and below, Moody's Caa1 and below, Fitch CCC+ and below

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CR4 - Standardised approach - Credit risk exposure and CRM effects, CRR Article 453(g,h,i) Article 444(e)

31 December 2025 Exposures before CCF and before CRM Exposures post CCF and post CRM RWAs and RWAs density
On-balance-sheet exposures Off-balance-sheet exposures On-balance-sheet exposures Off-balance-sheet exposures RWAs RWA density (%)
SEKm Exposure classes a b c d e f
1 Central governments or central banks 90 686 10 0.00%
2 Non-central government public sector entities 5 386 2 052 5 433 838 1 041 16.60%
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 4 834 419 4 866 137 805 16.09%
EU 2b Public sector entities 552 1 633 567 701 236 18.61%
3 Multilateral development banks 5 907 6 086 61 0.00%
EU 3a International organisations 769 769 0.00%
4 Institutions 1 613 0 1 613 0 335 20.77%
5 Covered bonds
6 Corporates 4 619 3 048 4 532 547 5 037 99.17%
6.1 Of which: Specialised Lending
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 16 813 16 813 38 381 228.28%
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures
EU 7b Equity 16 813 16 813 38 381 228.28%
8 Retail 35 390 41 536 34 857 261 26 182 74.55%
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and ADC exposures 19 508 26 19 506 23 5 016 25.68%
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property - non IPRE 18 516 26 18 515 23 3 974 21.44%
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property - IPRE 0 0 0 0.00%
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property - non IPRE 104 0 103 0 59 57.28%
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property - IPRE 874 874 962 110.07%
9.4 Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC) 14 14 21 150.00%
10 Exposures in default 995 995 996 100.10%
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
EU 10c Other items 1 349 1 349 1 334 98.96%
11 not applicable
12 Total 92 439 46 662 92 639 1 740 78 322 82.99%

The exposures in the standardised approach constitute a minor part of Swedbank's total credit risk exposure. The credit risk REA reported under standardised approach increased by SEK 20bn compared to Q2 2025, driven by acquisitions of Entercard and Stabelo during Q4 2025, and increased equity exposures in insurance undertakings.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU CR5 - Standardised approach, CRR Article 444(e)

31 December 2025 Risk Weight Total Of which unrated
0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% 60% 70% 75% 80% 90% 100% 105% 110% 130% 150% 250% 370% 400% 1250% Others z aa
SEKm Exposure classes a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y
1 Central governments or central banks 696 696 696
2 Non-central government public sector entities 1 379 4 673 219 6 271 6 271
EU 2a Regional governments or local authorities 979 4 024 0 5 003 5 003
EU 2b Public sector entities 400 649 219 1 268 1 268
3 Multilateral development banks 6 147 6 147 6 147
EU 3a International organisations 769 769 769
4 Institutions 0 1 595 10 0 8 1 613 1 578
5 Covered bonds
6 Corporates 1 5 079 5 080 5 080
6.1 Of which: Specialised Lending
7 Subordinated debt exposures and equity 2 434 14 379 16 813 16 813
EU 7a Subordinated debt exposures
EU 7b Equity 2 434 14 379 16 813 16 813
8 Retail exposures 2 024 32 684 409 35 117 35 117
9 Secured by mortgages on immovable property and ADC exposures 18 061 42 117 496 3 704 106 19 529 19 529
9.1 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property - non IPRE 18 061 477 18 538 18 538
9.1.1 no loan splitting applied 2 2 2
9.1.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 18 061 18 061 18 061
9.1.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 475 475 475
9.2 Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property - IPRE 0 0 0
9.3 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property - non IPRE 42 57 2 3 104 104
9.3.1 no loan splitting applied 5 5 5
9.3.2 loan splitting applied (secured) 57 57 57
9.3.3 loan splitting applied (unsecured) 37 2 3 42 42
9.4 Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property - IPRE 0 60 17 704 92 873 873
9.5 Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC) 14 14 14
10 Exposures in default 992 2 994 994
EU 10a Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
EU 10b Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
EU 10c Other items 13 0 1 335 1 348 1 348
11 not applicable
EU 11c Total 9 005 24 329 10 0 2 024 261 117 33 180 10 252 704 116 14 379 94 379 94 342

The exposures in the standardised approach constitute a minor part of Swedbank's total credit risk exposure. This table shows exposures post CCF (credit conversion factor) and post CRM (credit risk mitigation), EAD, distributed by exposure class and risk-weight.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Section 11 - Disclosure of credit risk IRB

Table EU CRE - Qualitative disclosure requirements related to IRB approach, CRR Article 452(1)(a-f)

Legal basis Row number Qualitative disclosure requirements related to IRB approach
Article 452 (a) CRR (a) Scope of IRB approaches
The IRB approach is applied for a vast majority, 96 per cent, of Swedbank's credit risk exposures. Swedbank has approval from the SFSA to use the IRB approach as described below.

For the retail exposure class in Sweden and the Baltic countries, Swedbank has approval to use the IRB approach. For corporate exposures in Sweden and Norway, Swedbank has approval to use the advanced IRB approach. For corporate exposures in other countries, including the Baltic countries, and for institutions and sovereign exposures, Swedbank uses the foundation IRB approach, and calculates its own PD estimates, but uses prescribed levels for the parameters LGD and credit conversion factor (CCF) in calculating capital requirements.

For non-IRB approved parts of Swedbank's credit portfolio, and where an exception has been granted by the regulatory supervisory college, Swedbank uses the standardised approach to calculate capital requirements for credit risks.

The scope of the use of IRB and standardised approaches is disclosed in template EU CR6-A. This table also disclose the parts under IRB roll-out plans. |
| Article 452 (c) CRR | (b) | Control mechanisms for the risk classification system
Swedbank defines its risk classification system in its governing documents. The overarching rules are established by the Board of Directors, with more detailed regulations issued by the CEO, CRO, or Chief Credit Officer, respectively. These regulations contain rules as to how models should be structured and validated and stipulate regular quality controls. The controls are carried out in several processes performed in different parts of the organisation to ensure independency.

Tests are conducted during the model development to ensure that the model design is robust and minimises future model performance risks. The evaluation procedures are used when determining if models are acceptable to model developers, model owners and model users. In addition, the validation function reviews new models when they are finalised.

Existing models are reviewed according to each model's individual review cycle. Regular calibration of models is done on a periodic basis. The models are also regularly monitored, assessing performance of models and their stability over time. The outcome of the monitoring process is part of the regular review of estimates for credit risk.

Quantitative and qualitative validations of the models are performed regularly and at least yearly. The validation is prepared by an independent validation function within Group Risk, which is separated from the functions responsible for model development and calibration. All validation reports shall be approved by the CRO.

Risk-based reviews of the implementation, use and adequacy of the risk classification system is made by a credit risk control function within Group Risk. As a second line of defence unit, it is independent from the functions responsible for originating and renewing exposures, in line with Article 190 of the CRR.

The Group Internal Audit, the third line of defence, performs independent audits on the risk classification system at least on an annual basis and in specific cases related to model updates and applications. |
| Article 452 (d) CRR | (c) | Responsibilities for the risk classification system
The CRO is responsible for the credit risk models and related methods used in Swedbank's risk classification system. The CRO appoints units within Group Risk responsible for managing the different stages in the model life cycle, as described below, and for setting detailed Group standards within their respective area.

The unit Credit Risk Modelling is the owner of credit risk models and the associated risks. It has the responsibility to set up and monitor the model life cycle management of credit risk models and coordinate that models are developed, validated, implemented, and used appropriately and in line with relevant regulatory requirements. The unit Credit Risk Modelling is also responsible for the model development as well as model implementation.

The credit risk control function is responsible for performing risk-based reviews of the implementation, use and adequacy of the risk classification system.

The validation function is responsible for model validation, including to secure that model validation methods are compliant with regulatory requirements.

The Board of Directors approves major changes of the risk classification systems. Subsequent changes to the models are handled by the unit Credit Risk Modelling and are approved by the CRO. |
| Article 452 (e) CRR | (d) | Management reporting on risk classification system
Each year the Board receives an evaluation of the risk classification system on the design and performance of the risk classification system, as well as areas of improvement. It also includes an assessment of to what extent internal principles are fulfilled and relevant information about measures taken to further develop the risk classification system.

The CRO is responsible for ensuring that all risk classification systems and sub-systems are operating properly and that the Board of Directors regularly receives information in these matters, in line with Article 189 in CRR. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


58

| Article 452 (f) CRR | (e) | Characteristics of the risk classification models
Swedbank's internal risk classification system is a central component in the credit process. The system aims to measure the risk that a customer or a contract will default and, in that case, what the losses would be for Swedbank.
Swedbank uses a number of internal rating systems for different exposures classes, which can be grouped into systems relying on expert models and systems relying on statistical models. The models are adapted to the geography in which the customer operates. In addition, for private persons and small-sized companies in the retail segment there are different models for existing customers (portfolio scoring) and for new customers (application scoring system).

Rating systems (expert-based) – A rating system generates a risk rating for a counterparty with the help of an expert-based system, through which each selected criterion is weighted and converted into a risk grade. Rating systems are mainly used for large exposures where a thorough understanding of the risks is needed to ensure sound credit decisions. In these cases, Swedbank always conducts an extensive individual analysis before granting credits and updates the ratings at least annually.
The main characteristics of Swedbank's different rating systems can be described as follows:
• Sovereigns: The rating is based on an assessment of a number of parameters that, combined, describe the level of development, stability, and financial strength of the sovereign (government) in question.
• Credit institutions: The rating is based on a total appraisal of the sovereign's (government's) rating and the level of risk in the banking system and the specific bank. The level of risk in the banking system is determined by weighing several parameters that reflect its development, stability, and financial strength. The level of risk of the specific bank is calculated by weighing the financial strength, strategy, and risk level of its operations.
• Insurance companies: Insurance companies are rated by independent analysts. The risk classification is an expert-based assessment of variables such as financial key ratios, management of and access to capital, market position, country risk and regulatory compliance risk. The assessment is done for life and non-life insurance companies.
• Large corporates: The rating is based on a total appraisal of a quantitative assessment of the company's financial strength, and a qualitative component that assesses the position of the industry, as well as the company's market position and strategy.

Scoring systems (statistical) – In a scoring system, the risk grade of the counterparty (or contract) is based on the statistical relation between a number of selected variables and defaults. Scoring systems are mainly used in portfolios with large numbers of smaller exposures where statistical relationships between different variables and default help to identify potential high-risk customers. When granting loans to counterparties in this type of portfolio, a credit process with a highly automated risk evaluation process is applied. Swedbank's scoring systems are organised as follows:
• Medium-sized companies: The system comprises a combination of different scoring models and an expert component. In the statistical component, the risk assessment is based on information regarding the borrower's financial status and behaviour. Market conditions and the borrower's strategy are considered through the expert component.
• Retail exposures (private individuals and small companies): The system comprises a number of different statistical scoring models where each model is designed to provide an effective instrument in its area. The risk assessment is based on information regarding the borrower's financial status and credit behaviour. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | | Probability of default (PD) – PD estimates the risk that a counterparty or contract will default within a twelve-month period. PD is measured through Swedbank's different rating and scoring systems.
When calculating capital requirements, Swedbank uses a through-the-cycle (TtC) perspective, aiming at producing PD values that indicate the average twelve-month default frequency across a full business cycle. PD values also include a safety margin to account for the statistical uncertainty in the estimates. Thus, TtC-adjusted PD figures should remain stable across a business cycle at the portfolio level, while reflecting underlying long-term trends in the credit risk of the portfolio and taking a conservative view in estimated level of defaults. If the cyclical aspect is ignored, the result is a point-in-time PD (PIT), which is not used in capital requirement calculations, but when calculating the present risk level in a credit portfolio.
Swedbank uses a scale of 22 grades to classify the risk that a customer defaults, where grade 21 represents the lowest risk of default and grade 0 represents the highest risk. In addition, there is a default grade. Based on the PD estimate calculated using the TtC method, Swedbank assigns the customer, or exposure, a value on this risk scale.

Loss given default (LGD) – LGD measures what proportion of the exposure amount would be lost in case of default. Swedbank uses its own LGD estimates for retail exposures. Swedbank has an approval to apply its own LGD estimates to corporate exposures in Sweden and Norway. These estimates are in turn based on internal historic loss data. The LGD estimate depends on factors such as the counterparty's financial status, the value of the collateral, and on assumptions of how much can be recovered through the sale of any collateral based on historical outcomes and other factors. For corporate exposures not covered by the advanced IRB approval as well as for institutions and sovereign exposures, prescribed LGD values are used.
Capital requirements are based on LGD estimates which are representative for a severe economic downturn. This means that they correspond to a degree of loss incurred under economic stress and cannot be directly compared to current loss levels. The LGD values also include a safety margin that takes into account the statistical uncertainty in the estimates.

Credit conversion factor (CCF) – A credit conversion factor is used when calculating capital requirements for off-balance exposures and typically estimates the percentage of a credit limit that is utilised by the time an obligor goes into default.
Internal models for CCF are applied on all portfolios with an advanced IRB permit (similar to LGD), whereas all other portfolios use prescribed CCF values. Safety margins and downturn adjustments are managed similarly to LGD and the measure should be conservative enough to capture a severe economic downturn. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CR6 - IRB approach - Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range, CRR Article 452(g)

31 December 2025A-IRB PD range On-balance sheetexposures Off-balance-sheetexposures pre-CCF Exposure weighted average CCF Exposure post CCF and post CRM Exposure weighted average PD (%) Number of obligors Exposure weighted average LGD (%) Exposure weighted average maturity (years) Risk weighted exposure amount after supporting factors Density of risk weighted exposure amount Expected loss amount Value adjustments and provisions
SEKm a b c d e f g h i j k l
Exposure classes A-IRB
Corporates: General
0.00 to <0.15 90 512 8 275 41.86% 93 376 0.08% 3 362 18.43% 4.6 10 382 11.12% 15 -5
0.00 to <0.10 50 863 3 956 44.35% 51 888 0.06% 2 256 17.68% 4.8 4 924 9.49% 6 -2
0.10 to <0.15 39 649 4 320 39.42% 41 488 0.11% 1 106 19.37% 4.3 5 457 13.15% 9 -3
0.15 to <0.25 28 833 10 638 47.80% 37 724 0.20% 458 20.42% 2.7 7 776 20.61% 19 -10
0.25 to <0.50 86 611 16 202 43.16% 98 498 0.37% 1 788 20.79% 2.6 27 090 27.50% 83 -84
0.50 to <0.75 49 857 8 498 45.05% 53 368 0.60% 1 172 21.49% 2.6 19 094 35.78% 75 -61
0.75 to <2.50 131 284 24 079 43.77% 136 838 1.28% 3 882 22.11% 2.6 57 558 42.06% 417 -366
0.75 to <1.75 113 321 22 460 43.69% 120 081 1.12% 3 149 22.00% 2.5 48 816 40.65% 323 -249
1.75 to <2.5 17 963 1 619 45.05% 16 757 2.40% 733 22.90% 2.7 8 742 52.17% 94 -117
2.50 to <10.00 29 466 4 496 46.88% 24 707 4.99% 1 474 24.40% 2.6 17 520 70.91% 309 -513
2.5 to <5 22 356 3 572 46.70% 19 010 4.03% 1 150 24.59% 2.6 12 916 67.94% 194 -298
5 to <10 7 109 924 47.76% 5 697 8.20% 324 23.78% 2.8 4 605 80.83% 115 -215
10.00 to <100.00 6 220 620 47.21% 5 675 23.06% 144 26.59% 2.3 6 952 122.50% 363 -392
10 to <20 3 504 215 48.72% 2 857 14.52% 90 24.97% 2.1 2 798 97.93% 107 -118
20 to <30 1 588 201 45.85% 1 672 27.15% 24 28.91% 3.1 2 644 158.13% 136 -170
30.00 to <100.00 1 128 204 46.91% 1 145 38.40% 30 27.23% 1.7 1 509 131.79% 120 -103
100.00 (Default) 3 607 61 58.43% 3 557 100.00% 68 25.25% 4.1 3 867 108.72% 746 -760
Corporate: General - Sub total 426 391 72 868 44.27% 453 743 1.91% 12 348 21.11% 3.0 150 240 33.11% 2 027 -2 190
Retail Secured by Residential Property
0.00 to <0.15 831 748 501 73.03% 832 042 0.05% 1 388 622 20.94% 29 899 3.59% 115 -55
0.00 to <0.10 695 546 353 60.87% 695 744 0.04% 1 176 503 21.15% 22 391 3.22% 83 -33
0.10 to <0.15 136 203 148 83.25% 136 299 0.11% 212 119 22.05% 7 508 5.51% 32 -22
0.15 to <0.25 47 629 582 92.89% 48 123 0.17% 82 392 21.34% 3 673 7.63% 17 -19
0.25 to <0.50 45 236 865 96.64% 46 028 0.37% 66 789 18.64% 5 679 12.34% 32 -12
0.50 to <0.75 22 981 570 96.72% 23 508 0.60% 36 539 21.64% 4 912 20.90% 31 -9
0.75 to <2.50 75 702 1 200 94.68% 76 765 1.37% 101 194 22.16% 27 318 35.59% 238 -102
0.75 to <1.75 64 432 961 94.89% 65 285 1.19% 85 389 21.79% 21 028 32.21% 171 -72
1.75 to <2.5 11 271 239 93.84% 11 480 2.40% 15 805 24.34% 6 290 54.79% 67 -30
2.50 to <10.00 19 214 2 021 98.81% 21 165 5.14% 28 269 24.07% 16 874 79.73% 262 -130
2.5 to <5 13 324 1 757 99.04% 15 041 4.04% 19 626 24.08% 10 801 71.81% 146 -70
5 to <10 5 890 264 97.15% 6 124 7.86% 8 643 24.04% 6 073 99.17% 115 -60
10.00 to <100.00 4 800 284 99.26% 5 078 23.17% 7 949 23.19% 6 462 127.25% 270 -111
10 to <20 2 836 139 98.75% 2 971 15.97% 4 334 23.59% 3 677 123.76% 112 -54
20 to <30 903 50 99.25% 952 27.15% 1 586 22.88% 1 282 134.66% 59 -29
30.00 to <100.00 1 061 95 99.99% 1 155 38.40% 2 029 22.41% 1 503 130.13% 99 -29
100.00 (Default) 3 487 3 40.00% 3 488 100.00% 5 723 22.39% 4 796 137.50% 446 -426
Retail Secured by Residential Property - Sub total 1 050 798 6 025 95.52% 1 056 199 0.71% 1 717 477 20.46% 99 612 9.43% 1 410 -866

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


60

Retail Other

0.00 to <0.15 48 225 3 264 48.44% 49 686 0.06% 304 685 47.09% 1 762 3.55% 7 -23
0.00 to <0.10 38 698 2 523 45.33% 39 810 0.05% 219 238 47.13% 1 157 2.91% 4 -14
0.10 to <0.15 9 527 741 54.42% 9 876 0.11% 85 447 47.11% 605 6.13% 3 -9
0.15 to <0.25 8 593 2 419 51.70% 9 641 0.19% 203 985 54.57% 1 730 17.94% 9 -26
0.25 to <0.50 10 661 2 767 53.53% 11 749 0.37% 210 315 49.86% 3 172 27.00% 20 -36
0.50 to <0.75 9 281 2 036 52.21% 10 153 0.60% 117 834 40.64% 2 522 24.84% 20 -16
0.75 to <2.50 38 317 5 926 53.86% 40 380 1.47% 444 993 38.74% 17 536 43.43% 200 -140
0.75 to <1.75 30 237 4 813 53.94% 31 849 1.23% 358 662 39.81% 12 989 40.78% 131 -101
1.75 to <2.5 8 080 1 113 53.61% 8 530 2.40% 86 331 35.76% 4 547 53.31% 68 -40
2.50 to <10.00 16 930 2 479 55.39% 17 613 5.03% 553 133 36.92% 10 247 58.18% 308 -202
2.5 to <5 12 646 1 853 54.00% 13 053 4.03% 504 161 36.58% 7 462 57.17% 180 -109
5 to <10 4 284 626 59.16% 4 560 7.90% 48 972 37.95% 2 786 61.10% 129 -93
10.00 to <100.00 3 245 314 67.12% 3 344 22.51% 35 968 39.09% 3 006 89.89% 275 -205
10 to <20 2 052 201 68.14% 2 125 16.00% 20 429 38.69% 1 672 78.68% 120 -99
20 to <30 473 49 72.21% 490 27.15% 5 062 42.02% 524 106.94% 52 -41
30.00 to <100.00 720 64 58.46% 728 38.40% 10 477 38.27% 810 111.26% 103 -65
100.00 (Default) 1 255 50 54.68% 1 272 100.00% 17 411 52.14% 2 637 207.31% 363 -370
Retail Other - Sub total 136 507 19 255 52.84% 143 838 2.59% 1 888 324 41.42% 42 612 29.62% 1 201 -1 019
Total all exposures A-IRB 1 613 696 98 148 51.53% 1 653 780 3 618 149 3.0 292 464 17.68% 4 639 -4 075
F-IRB PD range On-balance sheet exposures Off-balance-sheet exposures pre-CCF Exposure weighted average CCF Exposure post CCF and post CRM Exposure weighted average PD (%) Number of obligors Exposure weighted average LGD (%) Exposure weighted average maturity (years) Risk weighted exposure amount after supporting factors Density of risk weighted exposure amount Expected loss amount
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
SEKm a b c d e f g h i j k
Exposure classes F-IRB
Central governments or central banks
0.00 to <0.15 410 873 25 228 40.93% 426 906 0.00% 221 44.52% 1.2 5 929 1.39% 5
0.00 to <0.10 410 873 25 228 40.93% 426 906 0.00% 221 44.52% 1.2 5 929 1.39% 5
0.10 to <0.15
0.15 to <0.25
0.25 to <0.50
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50
0.75 to <1.75
1.75 to <2.5
2.50 to <10.00 246 45 88.33% 385 3.09% 17 43.75% 2.5 470 122.08% 5
2.5 to <5 246 45 88.33% 385 3.09% 17 43.75% 2.5 470 122.08% 5
5 to <10
10.00 to <100.00
10 to <20
20 to <30
30.00 to <100.00
100.00 (Default)
Central governments or central banks - Sub total 411 120 25 273 41.15% 427 291 0.00% 238 44.52% 1.2 6 400 1.50% 10

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


61

Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 15 220 13 332 42.33% 21 517 0.04% 255 30.60% 2.5 3 711 17.25% 4
0.00 to <0.10 14 210 11 247 42.35% 19 621 0.03% 175 29.28% 2.5 2 998 15.28% 3
0.10 to <0.15 1 011 2 085 42.22% 1 896 0.11% 80 44.72% 2.5 712 37.55% 1
0.15 to <0.25 349 856 34.94% 599 0.21% 78 44.54% 2.5 338 56.43% 1
0.25 to <0.50 13 13 0.30% 7 10 76.92% 0
0.50 to <0.75 135 123 21.01% 160 0.60% 13 45.00% 2.5 156 97.50% 0
0.75 to <2.50 3 3 1.11% 6 45.00% 2.5 3 100.00% 0
0.75 to <1.75 3 3 1.11% 6 45.00% 2.5 3 100.00% 0
1.75 to <2.5
2.50 to <10.00 59 291 58.20% 159 4.74% 19 45.00% 2.5 237 149.06% 3
2.5 to <5 59 291 58.20% 159 4.74% 19 45.00% 2.5 237 149.06% 3
5 to <10
10.00 to <100.00
10 to <20
20 to <30
30.00 to <100.00
100.00 (Default)
Institutions - Sub total 15 778 14 602 42.22% 22 450 0.07% 378 31.17% 2.5 4 455 19.84% 8
Corporates: General
0.00 to <0.15 29 339 37 353 41.22% 44 479 0.08% 204 39.92% 2.5 10 057 22.61% 14
0.00 to <0.10 10 651 20 053 40.73% 19 235 0.05% 70 39.79% 2.5 3 597 18.70% 4
0.10 to <0.15 18 688 17 299 41.81% 25 243 0.11% 134 40.02% 2.5 6 460 25.59% 10
0.15 to <0.25 36 455 47 276 46.48% 56 167 0.19% 207 39.63% 2.5 19 829 35.30% 40
0.25 to <0.50 21 691 25 834 45.37% 32 058 0.35% 172 40.04% 2.5 15 696 48.96% 42
0.50 to <0.75 38 542 19 293 51.03% 48 312 0.60% 539 39.78% 2.5 26 212 54.26% 100
0.75 to <2.50 62 199 29 043 42.14% 70 571 1.42% 2 422 39.89% 2.5 56 691 80.33% 389
0.75 to <1.75 52 213 24 222 41.82% 59 228 1.23% 1 731 39.92% 2.5 46 326 78.22% 283
1.75 to <2.5 9 985 4 822 43.73% 11 344 2.40% 691 39.75% 2.5 10 365 91.37% 106
2.50 to <10.00 16 404 5 748 44.82% 17 516 5.15% 1 472 40.00% 2.5 17 967 102.57% 329
2.5 to <5 11 980 4 283 44.88% 12 737 4.14% 1 092 40.00% 2.5 11 733 92.12% 183
5 to <10 4 424 1 465 44.60% 4 779 7.83% 380 40.00% 2.5 6 233 130.42% 146
10.00 to <100.00 2 413 1 089 44.10% 2 782 26.40% 168 40.00% 2.5 5 389 193.71% 289
10 to <20 917 377 47.30% 1 023 18.71% 105 40.00% 2.5 1 923 187.98% 75
20 to <30 992 523 40.23% 1 179 27.15% 36 40.00% 2.5 2 432 206.28% 126
30.00 to <100.00 503 189 48.49% 580 38.40% 27 40.00% 2.5 1 034 178.28% 88
100.00 (Default) 1 003 94 44.87% 1 024 100.00% 14 40.00% 2.5 0.00% 409
Corporates: General - Sub total 208 046 165 732 44.93% 272 908 1.81% 5 198 39.81% 2.4 151 841 55.64% 1 612
Total all exposures F-IRB 634 944 205 606 44.20% 722 649 5 814 1.7 162 695 22.51% 1 630

This table provides information on the main parameters used for calculation of capital requirements for the IRB approach distributed by PD range and exposure class.

Compared to Q2 2025 on-balance sheet exposures under A-IRB increased by 6.5bn mainly due to increase in exposure class retail secured by residential property. On-Balance sheet exposures under F-IRB decreased by SEK 54bn, mainly due to decrease in exposure class central governments or central banks.

There are only minor changes between PD ranges in A-IRB. In F-IRB the exposures in the best PD-range for exposure class central governments or central banks due to previously mentioned decrease in on-balance exposures. Under A-IRB defaults decrease in exposure class retail other, and under F-IRB defaults decrease in exposure class corporates general.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU CR6-A – Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches, CRR Article 452(b)

31 December 2025 Total exposure value as defined in Article 166 CRR for exposures subject to IRB approach Total exposure value for exposures subject to the Standardised approach and to the IRB approach Percentage of total exposure value subject to the permanent partial use of the SA (%) Percentage of total exposure value subject to IRB Approach (%) Percentage of total exposure value subject to a roll-out plan (%)
SEKm a b c d e
1 Central governments or central banks 421 313 428 078 1.58% 98.42%
2 Regional governments and local authorities 4 978 100.00%
3 Public sector entities 1 205 100.00%
4 Institutions 21 482 23 091 6.18% 93.01% 0.81%
5 Corporates 732 049 733 551 0.20% 81.29% 18.51%
5.1 Of which Corporates - General 732 049 733 409 0.20% 81.30% 18.50%
5.2 Of which Corporates - Specialised lending 141 100.00%
5.2.1 Of which Corporates - Specialised lending, excluding slotting approach
5.2.2 Of which Corporates - Specialised lending under slotting approach 141 100.00%
5.3 Of which Corporates - Purchased Receivables
6 Retail 1 201 875 1 258 938 4.28% 95.21% 0.51%
6.1 of which Retail – Qualifying revolving
6.2 of which Retail – Secured by residential immovable property 1 056 212 1 074 806 1.67% 98.18% 0.15%
6.3 of which Retail - Purchased Receivables
6.4 of which Retail - Other retail exposures 145 663 184 132 19.50% 77.92% 2.58%
7 Equity 16 813 100.00%
EU 7a Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
8 Other non-credit obligation assets 24 659 26 008 5.19% 94.81%
9 Total 2 401 377 2 492 661 3.52% 90.77% 5.71%

The IRB approach is applied for the vast majority of Swedbank's credit risk exposures. For non-IRB approved parts of Swedbank's credit portfolio, and where an exception has been granted by the regulatory supervisory college, Swedbank uses the standardised approach. The standardised approach is mainly used for smaller retail portfolios and equity exposures. The parts under IRB roll-out plans also include exposures in F-IRB where Swedbank plans to apply A-IRB in the future.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CR7 - IRB approach - Effect on the RWEAs of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques, CRR Article 453(j)

31 December 2025 Pre-credit derivatives risk weighted exposure amount Actual risk weighted exposure amount
SEKm a b
1 Central governments and central banks - F-IRB 6 400 6 400
EU 1a Regional governments and local authorities -F-IRB
EU 1b Public sector entities - F-IRB
2 Central governments and central banks - A-IRB
EU 2a Regional governments and local authorities A-IRB
EU 2b Public sector entities A-IRB
3 Institutions – F-IRB 4 455 4 455
4 not applicable
5 Corporates – F-IRB 151 943 151 943
EU 5a Corporates – General 151 841 151 841
EU 5b Corporates – Specialised lending 102 102
EU 5c Corporates – Purchased receivables
6 Corporate – A-IRB 150 240 150 240
EU 6a Corporates – General 150 240 150 240
EU 6b Corporates – Specialised lending
EU 6c Corporates – Purchased Receivables
7 not applicable
8 not applicable
EU 8a Retail - A-IRB 142 224 142 224
9 Retail – Qualifying revolving (QRRE)
10 Retail – Secured by residential immovable property 99 612 99 612
EU10a Retail – Purchased receivables
EU10b Retail – Other retail exposures 42 612 42 612
11 not applicable
12 not applicable
13 not applicable
14 not applicable
15 not applicable
16 not applicable
17 Exposures under F-IRB 162 797 162 797
18 Exposures under A-IRB 292 464 292 464
19 Total Exposures 455 261 455 261

Credit derivatives are not used as a CRM technique in the capital requirement reporting of Swedbank.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template EU CR7-A - IRB approach - Disclosure of the extent of the use of CRM techniques, CRR Article 453(g)

31 December 2025 Total exposures Credit risk Mitigation techniques Credit risk Mitigation methods in the calculation of RWEAs
Funded credit Protection (FCP) Unfunded credit Protection (UFCP) RWEA without substitution effects (reduction effects only) RWEA with substitution effects (both reduction and substitution effects)
Part of exposures covered by Financial Collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Immovable property Collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Receivables (%) Part of exposures covered by Other physical collateral (%) Part of exposures covered by Cash on deposit (%) Part of exposures covered by Life insurance policies (%) Part of exposures covered by Instruments held by a third party (%) Part of exposures covered by Guarantees (%) Part of exposures covered by Credit Derivatives (%)
SEKm a b c d e f g h i j k l m n
1 Central governments and central banks
2 Regional governments and local authorities
3 Public sector entities
5 Corporates 453 743 0.00% 43.20% 43.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 154 681 150 240
5.1 Corporates - General 453 743 0.00% 43.20% 43.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 154 681 150 240
5.2 Corporates - Specialised lending
5.3 Corporates - Purchased Receivables
6 Retail 1 200 037 0.01% 76.62% 76.61% 0.01% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 142 299 142 224
6.1 Retail - Qualifying revolving
6.2 Retail - Secured by residential immovable property 1 056 199 0.00% 81.15% 81.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 99 453 99 612
6.3 Retail - Purchased Receivables
6.4 Retail - Other retail exposures 143 838 0.11% 43.36% 43.26% 0.10% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 42 846 42 612
7 Total 1 653 780 0.01% 67.45% 67.45% 0.01% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 296 980 292 464
31 December 2025 Total exposures Credit risk Mitigation techniques Credit risk Mitigation methods in the calculation of RWEAs
Funded credit Protection (FCP) Unfunded credit Protection (UFCP) RWEA without substitution effects (reduction effects only) RWEA with substitution effects (both reduction and substitution effects)
Part of exposures covered by Financial Collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Immovable property Collaterals (%) Part of exposures covered by Receivables (%) Part of exposures covered by Other physical collateral (%) Part of exposures covered by Cash on deposit (%) Part of exposures covered by Life insurance policies (%) Part of exposures covered by Guarantees (%) Part of exposures covered by Credit Derivatives (%)
SEKm a b c d e f g h i j k l m n
1 Central governments and central banks 427 291 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 5 755 6 400
2 Regional governments and local authorities
3 Public sector entities
4 Institutions 22 450 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 5.28% 0.00% 4 118 4 455
5 Corporates 273 050 0.15% 9.74% 9.16% 0.58% 0.00% 0.00% 11.23% 0.00% 151 994 151 943
5.1 Corporates - General 272 908 0.15% 9.74% 9.16% 0.58% 0.00% 0.00% 11.24% 0.00% 151 892 151 841
5.2 Corporates - Specialised lending 142 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 102 102
5.3 Corporates - Purchased Receivables
6 Total 722 790 0.06% 3.68% 3.46% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 4.41% 0.00% 161 867 162 797

Swedbank Group mainly uses immovable property collaterals as credit risk mitigation technique.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


65

Template EU CR8 - RWEA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach, CRR Article 438(h)

31 December 2025 Risk weighted exposure amount
SEKm a
1 Risk weighted exposure amount as at the end of the previous reporting period 465 216
2 Asset size (+/-) 14 884
3 Asset quality (+/-) -2 979
4 Model updates (+/-)
5 Methodology and policy (+/-)
6 Acquisitions and disposals (+/-)
7 Foreign exchange movements (+/-) -4 307
8 Other (+/-) -2 277
9 Risk weighted exposure amount as at the end of the reporting period 470 538

The credit risk REA reported under IRB increased by SEK 5.3bn compared to Q3 2025.

Asset size changes increased REA by SEK 14.9bn, mainly driven by corporate counterparties within Corporates & Institutions due to higher RWs for inflows compared to outflows, and volume growth as well as higher risk weights for inflows compared to outflows for retail counterparties within Baltic Banking.

Asset quality changes decreased REA by SEK 3.0bn, primarily within corporate counterparties in Corporates & Institutions due to increase in collaterals and lower LGD values within retail exposures secured by residential immovable property in Baltic Banking.

Foreign exchange movements decreased REA by SEK 4.3bn due to depreciation of EUR towards SEK.

Other effects decreased REA by SEK 2.3bn mainly due to shorter maturities within corporates in Corporates & Institutions.

Template EU CR9 - IRB approach - Back-testing of PD per exposure class (fixed PD scale), CRR Article 452(h)

31 December 2025
A-IRB PD range Number of obligors at the end of previous year Of which number of obligors which defaulted in the year Observed average default rate (%) Exposures weighted average PD (%) Average PD (%) Average historical annual default rate (%)
Exposure class a b c d e f g h
Corporates: General
0.00 to <0.15 3 155 0.08% 0.08% 0.33%
0.00 to <0.10 2 084 0.06% 0.06% 0.33%
0.10 to <0.15 1 071 0.11% 0.11% 0.34%
0.15 to <0.25 374 2 0.54% 0.20% 0.19% 0.39%
0.25 to <0.50 1 929 8 0.42% 0.37% 0.37% 0.33%
0.50 to <0.75 1 171 6 0.51% 0.60% 0.60% 0.39%
0.75 to <2.50 3 732 31 0.83% 1.28% 1.41% 0.81%
0.75 to <1.75 3 101 25 0.81% 1.12% 1.21% 0.74%
1.75 to <2.5 631 6 0.95% 2.40% 2.40% 1.12%
2.50 to <10.00 1 453 51 3.51% 4.99% 4.97% 3.31%
2.5 to <5 1 146 24 2.09% 4.03% 4.22% 2.14%
5 to <10 307 27 8.80% 8.20% 7.78% 6.88%
10.00 to <100.00 182 28 15.39% 23.06% 21.40% 15.87%
10 to <20 114 19 16.67% 14.52% 16.39% 14.14%
20 to <30 52 7 13.46% 27.15% 27.15% 15.06%
30.00 to <100.00 16 2 12.50% 38.40% 38.40% 23.68%
100.00 (Default) 118 100.00% 100.00%
Retail Secured by Residential Property
0.00 to <0.15 1 389 584 504 0.04% 0.05% 0.06% 0.06%
0.00 to <0.10 1 166 741 318 0.03% 0.04% 0.06% 0.06%
0.10 to <0.15 222 843 186 0.08% 0.11% 0.11% 0.09%
0.15 to <0.25 81 633 145 0.18% 0.17% 0.17% 0.24%
0.25 to <0.50 80 690 76 0.09% 0.37% 0.36% 0.11%
0.50 to <0.75 30 840 33 0.11% 0.60% 0.60% 0.12%
0.75 to <2.50 99 762 292 0.29% 1.37% 1.37% 0.39%
0.75 to <1.75 84 249 189 0.22% 1.19% 1.18% 0.33%

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


66

1.75 to <2.5 15 513 103 0.66% 2.40% 2.40% 0.72%
2.50 to <10.00 28 737 474 1.65% 5.14% 5.17% 2.08%
2.5 to <5 19 950 221 1.11% 4.04% 3.98% 1.52%
5 to <10 8 787 253 2.88% 7.86% 7.87% 3.33%
10.00 to <100.00 8 707 828 9.51% 23.17% 24.03% 10.86%
10 to <20 4 695 371 7.90% 15.97% 16.00% 7.93%
20 to <30 1 776 229 12.89% 27.15% 27.15% 13.12%
30.00 to <100.00 2 236 228 10.20% 38.40% 38.40% 13.98%
100.00 (Default) 7 350 100.00% 100.00%

Retail Other

0.00 to <0.15 305 678 196 0.06% 0.06% 0.07% 0.06%
0.00 to <0.10 227 097 115 0.05% 0.05% 0.06% 0.05%
0.10 to <0.15 78 581 81 0.10% 0.11% 0.11% 0.11%
0.15 to <0.25 178 600 489 0.27% 0.19% 0.19% 0.26%
0.25 to <0.50 176 704 519 0.29% 0.37% 0.37% 0.31%
0.50 to <0.75 91 440 209 0.23% 0.60% 0.60% 0.23%
0.75 to <2.50 357 099 1 261 0.35% 1.47% 1.43% 0.39%
0.75 to <1.75 290 246 929 0.32% 1.23% 1.21% 0.35%
1.75 to <2.5 66 853 332 0.50% 2.40% 2.40% 0.60%
2.50 to <10.00 602 316 4 230 0.70% 5.03% 4.55% 0.67%
2.5 to <5 561 308 3 236 0.58% 4.03% 4.30% 0.41%
5 to <10 41 008 994 2.42% 7.90% 7.90% 2.48%
10.00 to <100.00 31 071 3 444 11.08% 22.51% 24.50% 11.47%
10 to <20 17 040 1 023 6.00% 16.00% 15.89% 6.56%
20 to <30 4 309 478 11.09% 27.15% 27.15% 11.45%
30.00 to <100.00 9 722 1 943 19.99% 38.40% 38.40% 20.28%
100.00 (Default) 20 293 100.00% 100.00%
F-IRB PD range Number of obligors at the end of previous year Of which number of obligors which defaulted in the year Observed average default rate (%) Exposures weighted average PD (%) Average PD (%)
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Exposure class a b c d e f g
Central governments or central banks
0.00 to <0.15 282 4 1.42% 0.00%
0.00 to <0.10 282 4 1.42% 0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
0.15 to <0.25
0.25 to <0.50
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50
0.75 to <1.75
1.75 to <2.5
2.50 to <10.00 46 1 2.17% 3.09% 3.09%
2.5 to <5 46 1 2.17% 3.09% 3.09%
5 to <10
10.00 to <100.00
10 to <20
20 to <30
30.00 to <100.00
100.00 (Default)
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15 192 0.04% 0.07%
0.00 to <0.10 135 0.03% 0.05%
0.10 to <0.15 57 0.11% 0.11%
0.15 to <0.25 39 0.21% 0.21%
0.25 to <0.50 1 0.30% 0.42%
0.50 to <0.75 10 0.60% 0.60%
0.75 to <2.50 2 1.11% 1.70%
0.75 to <1.75 2 1.11% 1.70%
1.75 to <2.5
2.50 to <10.00 14 4.74% 4.30%
2.5 to <5 14 4.74% 4.30%
5 to <10
10.00 to <100.00

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


10 to <20
20 to <30
30.00 to <100.00
100.00 (Default)
Corporates: General
0.00 to <0.15 170 0.08% 0.09%
0.00 to <0.10 68 0.05% 0.05%
0.10 to <0.15 102 0.11% 0.11%
0.15 to <0.25 184 1 0.54% 0.19% 0.20%
0.25 to <0.50 218 0.35% 0.38%
0.50 to <0.75 529 0.60% 0.60%
0.75 to <2.50 1 926 2 0.10% 1.42% 1.60%
0.75 to <1.75 1 438 2 0.14% 1.23% 1.32%
1.75 to <2.5 488 2.40% 2.40%
2.50 to <10.00 4 264 2 0.05% 5.15% 4.89%
2.5 to <5 3 991 2 0.05% 4.14% 4.67%
5 to <10 273 7.83% 7.97%
10.00 to <100.00 135 9 6.67% 26.40% 21.47%
10 to <20 88 3 3.41% 18.71% 16.26%
20 to <30 30 3 10.00% 27.15% 27.15%
30.00 to <100.00 17 3 17.65% 38.40% 38.40%
100.00 (Default) 30 100.00% 100.00%

This table provides back-testing information for PD used in the IRB approach, distributed by PD range and exposure class. It compares the observed average default rate with the five-year historical average.

For A-IRB approach, average PD tend to remain above the 1-year and average historical default rates for the majority of the risk buckets, as expected. However, there are also some exceptions. In exposure class corporate, the average PD is underestimating 1-year realised risk in four risk buckets and two risk buckets compared to average historical annual default rate. The underestimation tends to appear in low-risk buckets. In exposure classes retail secured by real estate properties and retail other, the average PD is underestimating default rate only in one risk bucket.

For exposure classes within F-IRB approach, the number of observations is considerably low and therefore the comparison of the average PD and realised default rates across such a detail risk bucket might not be reliable enough. In exposure class for institutions, the average historical default rate is underestimated for three risk buckets. In the most recent year, there were no defaults. In corporate exposure class, the PD tend to remain well above the realised risk, with exception of one risk bucket.

Template EU CR9.1 - IRB approach - Back-testing of PD per exposure class (only for PD estimates according to point (f) of Article 180(1) CRR), CRR Article452(h)

According to CRR, EU CR9.1 is applicable to institutions that map its internal grades to the scale used by an ECAI or similar organisations and then attribute the default rate observed for the external organisation's grades to the institution's grades. Swedbank does not use default rates from external rating scales in its internal rating models.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


68

Section 12 - Disclosure of specialised lending and equity exposures

Template EU CR10.1 - Specialised lending: Project finance (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)

31 December 2025
Specialised lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)

SEKm
Regulatory categories Remaining maturity On- balance sheet exposure Off-balance sheet exposure Risk weight Exposure value Risk weighted exposure amount Expected loss amount
a b c d e f
Category 1 Less than 2.5 years 1 1 50% 1 0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 1 0 70% 1 0 0
Category 2 Less than 2.5 years 81 25 70% 90 57 0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 1 90% 1 1 0
Category 3 Less than 2.5 years 34 26 115% 44 40 1
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 0 115% 0 0 0
Category 4 Less than 2.5 years 250%
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 250%
Category 5 Less than 2.5 years -
Equal to or more than 2.5 years -
Total Less than 2.5 years 115 52 136 97 2
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 2 0 2 2 0

This section was previously reported under EU CR10.2 - Specialised lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e).

There are no significant changes compared to Q2 2025.

Template EU CR10.2 - Specialised lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)

Swedbank does not have any exposures under this category.

Template EU CR10.3 - Specialised lending: Object finance (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)

31 December 2025
Specialised lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)

SEKm
Regulatory categories Remaining maturity On- balance sheet exposure Off-balance sheet exposure Risk weight Exposure value Risk weighted exposure amount Expected loss amount
a b c d e f
Category 1 Less than 2.5 years 50%
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 70%
Category 2 Less than 2.5 years 70%
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 90%
Category 3 Less than 2.5 years 115%
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 3 115% 3 3
Category 4 Less than 2.5 years 250%
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 250%
Category 5 Less than 2.5 years -
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
Total Less than 2.5 years
Equal to or more than 2.5 years 3 3 3

Template EU CR10.4 - Specialised lending: Commodities finance (Slotting approach), CRR 438(e)

Swedbank does not have any exposures under this category.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU CR10.5 - Equity exposures, CRR 438(e)

| 31 December 2025
SEKm
Equity exposures under Articles 133 (3) to (6) and 495a(3) CRR | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Categories | On- balance sheet exposure | Off-balance sheet exposure | Risk weight | Exposure value | Risk weighted exposure amount | Expected loss amount |
| | a | b | c | d | e | f |
| Article 133 (3) | 14 379 | | 250% | 14 379 | 35 947 | |
| Article 133 (4) | | | 400% | | | |
| Article 133 (5) | | | 100% | | | |
| Article 133 (6) | | | 0% | | | |
| Article 495a (Transitional 100%) | 2 434 | | 100% | 2 434 | 2 434 | |
| Total | 16 813 | | | 16 813 | 38 381 | |

There are no significant changes compared to Q2 2025.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 13 - Disclosure of counterparty credit risk

Table EU CCRA – Qualitative disclosure related to CCR, CRR Article 439(a-d)

Row number Qualitative disclosure related to CCR
(a) Article 439 (a) CRR
Description of the methodology used to assign internal capital and credit limits for counterparty credit exposures, including the methods to assign those limits to exposures to central counterparties Swedbank applies the standardised approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) to calculate the Pillar 1 exposure amounts for derivative contracts concerning counterparty credit risk. For the purposes to assign internal capital, as well as profitability steering, Swedbank distribute regulatory capital for each customer and contract to affected unit respectively.

Limits for counterparty credit exposures are assessed, set, and allocated in the regular credit process using the calculated estimates of maximum potential future exposure after recognition of netting agreements and collateral as appropriate. Limits are also established for exposure in specific countries or areas. Moreover, relevant credit risk limits that include counterparty credit risk are allocated to certain customer segments. The risk exposure is measured, monitored, and reported daily. Counterparty credit risk is reported monthly to the Board. For Central Counterparties (CCPs), Swedbank applies limits on the contributions to the default funds. |
| (b) | Article 439 (b) CRR
Description of policies related to guarantees and other credit risk mitigations, such as the policies for securing collateral and establishing credit reserves | Swedbank uses a variety of tools to mitigate counterparty credit risk of which the most important is close-out netting agreements, whereby all positive and negative derivative market values under an agreement at a counterparty level can be netted.

Swedbank strives to have ISDA master agreements supplemented with credit support annex (CSA) agreements where appropriate to ensure a well-functioning netting and collateral management process. For bilateral agreements, the collateral received and pledged is primarily cash, supplemented by interest-bearing securities. The range of financial collateral selection accepted is specified in credit policies. Financial collateral is subject to daily monitoring and an independent valuation.

Other actions to mitigate counterparty credit risk include steering exposure and risks to clearing houses, which is standard procedure and mandatory for a range of products, to reduce bilateral counterparty credit risk. The counterparty credit risk can also be closed out through portfolio compression.

A very small part of the counterparty credit risk is reduced by credit derivatives. Swedbank conducts credit derivative transactions primarily in connection with counterparty credit risk and mainly trades with counterparties where an ISDA CSA agreement has been established. Rather than using credit derivatives to mitigate counterparty credit risk in its trading operations, Swedbank prefers to make use of collateral arrangements. |
| (c) | Article 439 (c) CRR
Description of policies with respect to Wrong-Way risk as defined in Article 291 of the CRR | Wrong-Way risk (WWR) is the risk that arises when exposure to a counterparty increases while the counterparty's creditworthiness deteriorates, i.e., negatively correlated. WWR is divided into specific and general WWR. Specific WWR is identified by monitoring counterparties and transactions to capture any trade where there is a legal connection between the counterparty and the underlying issuer. If Specific WWR is identified, the exposure amount is calculated using the conservative methods stipulated in Article 291 of the CRR. General WWR is analysed via a range of stress test scenarios. |
| (d) | Article 431 (3) and (4) CRR
Any other risk management objectives and relevant policies related to CCR | All the relevant risk management objectives and policies related to CCR are described under Article 439 (a,b,c and d). |
| (e) | Article 439 (d) CRR
The amount of collateral the institution would have to provide if its credit rating was downgraded | Swedbank has a very limited number of netting and collateral agreements with rating triggers. Rating-based threshold amounts are only accepted for a restricted number of counterparties, hence the impact, if Swedbank was to be downgraded, would be limited. Rating triggers may apply to the ratings of one or both parties in the agreement.

In the event of a downgrade, Swedbank would need to provide additional collateral of approximately SEK 30m for a two-notch downgrade. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


71

Template EU CCR1 - Analysis of CCR exposure by approach, CRR Article 439(f,g,k,m)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h
Replacement cost (RC) Potential future exposure (PFE) EEPE Alpha used for computing regulatory exposure value Exposure value pre-CRM Exposure value post-CRM Exposure value RWEA
SEKm
EU-1 EU - Original Exposure Method (for derivatives) 1.4
EU-2 EU - Simplified SA-CCR (for derivatives) 1.4
1 SA-CCR (for derivatives) 10 160 19 210 1.4 70 599 37 867 37 867 10 287
2 IMM (for derivatives and SFTs)
2a Of which securities financing transactions netting sets
2b Of which derivatives and long settlement transactions netting sets
2c Of which from contractual cross-product netting sets
3 Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)
4 Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs) 203 571 907 881 190
5 VaR for SFTs
6 Total 274 170 38 774 38 747 10 477

REA for derivatives decreased by SEK 2.8bn compared to Q2 2025, mainly due to decreased exposure value. SFT exposures decreased by SEK 1.6bn, mainly due to implementation of new exposure calculations.

Template EU CCR3 - Standardised approach - CCR exposures by regulatory exposure class and risk weights, CRR Article 439(l)

31 December 2025 Risk Weight
Exposure classes a b c d e f g h i j k
0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 50% 70% 75% 100% 150% Others
SEKm Total exposure value
1 Central governments or central banks
2 Regional government or local authorities 1 1
3 Public sector entities
4 Multilateral development banks 512 512
5 International organisations
6 Institutions 9 634 126 426 10 185
7 Corporates 770 770
8 Retail
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
10 Other items
11 Total exposure value 512 9 634 127 770 426 11 468

Exposure value for CCR exposures in Standardised approach decreased compared to Q2 2025 by SEK 4.6bn mainly due to decreased derivatives EAD of corporates with 100% risk weight and multilateral development banks with 0% risk weight.

Template EU CCR4 - IRB approach - CCR exposures by exposure class and PD scale, CRR Article 439(l)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g
SEKm PD scale Exposure value Exposure weighted average PD (%) Number of obligors Exposure weighted average LGD (%) Exposure weighted average maturity (years) RWEA Density of risk weighted exposure amounts
Central governments or central banks (F-IRB)
1 0.00 to <0.15 1 857 0.00% 30 45.00% 2.2 56 3.03%
2 0.15 to <0.25
3 0.25 to <0.50 34 0.48% 1 45.00% 2.5 23 68.18%
4 0.50 to <0.75
5 0.75 to <2.50
6 2.50 to <10.00
7 10.00 to <100.00
8 100.00 (Default)
x Central governments or central banks (F-IRB) - Sub total 1 891 0.01% 31 45.00% 2.2 80 4.21%
Regional governments or local authorities (F-IRB)
1 0.00 to <0.15
2 0.15 to <0.25
3 0.25 to <0.50
4 0.50 to <0.75
5 0.75 to <2.50

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


72

6 2.50 to <10.00
7 10.00 to <100.00
8 100.00 (Default)
x Regional governments or local authorities (F-IRB) - Sub total
Institutions (F-IRB)
--- --- ---
1 0.00 to <0.15 14 657
2 0.15 to <0.25 207
3 0.25 to <0.50
4 0.50 to <0.75 35
5 0.75 to <2.50 53
6 2.50 to <10.00 1
7 10.00 to <100.00
8 100.00 (Default)
x Institutions (F-IRB) - Sub total 14 953
Corporates: General (F-IRB)
1 0.00 to <0.15 2 925
2 0.15 to <0.25 1 153
3 0.25 to <0.50 757
4 0.50 to <0.75 431
5 0.75 to <2.50 471
6 2.50 to <10.00 118
7 10.00 to <100.00 8
8 100.00 (Default) 9
x Corporates: General (F-IRB) - Sub total 5 872
Corporates: General (A-IRB)
--- --- ---
1 0.00 to <0.15 690
2 0.15 to <0.25 509
3 0.25 to <0.50 1 039
4 0.50 to <0.75 773
5 0.75 to <2.50 1 228
6 2.50 to <10.00 38
7 10.00 to <100.00 10
8 100.00 (Default)
x Corporates: General (A-IRB) - Sub total 4 287
Retail (A-IRB)
--- --- ---
1 0.00 to <0.15
2 0.15 to <0.25 13
3 0.25 to <0.50 4
4 0.50 to <0.75 7
5 0.75 to <2.50 35
6 2.50 to <10.00 212
7 10.00 to <100.00 2
8 100.00 (Default) 2
x Retail (A-IRB) - Sub total 275
y Total (all CCR relevant exposure classes) 27 279

As compared to Q2 2025 REA for CCR exposures under internal approach decreased by SEK 3.0bn. This is largely driven by decreased EAD for corporates general under F-IRB and decreased EAD for corporates general under A-IRB.

Template EU CCR5 - Composition of collateral for CCR exposures, CRR Article 439(e)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h
Collateral type Collateral used in derivative transactions Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral
Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated Segregated Unsegregated
1 Cash - domestic currency 5 745 4 550 3 8
2 Cash - other currencies 3 436 14 357 34 210
3 Domestic sovereign debt 1 409 7 1 409 5 295 26 046 29 669
4 Other sovereign debt 266 297
5 Government agency debt
6 Corporate bonds
7 Equity securities 531 77
8 Other collateral 1 116 8 4 899 947 125 610 23 146
9 Total 2 791 9 493 6 308 25 149 152 224 53 110

The table presents the fair values of collateral (posted or received) used in CCR exposures related to derivative transactions and SFTs.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


73

Template EU CCR6 - Credit derivatives exposures, CRR Article 439(j)

31 December 2025 a b
SEKm Protection bought Protection sold
Notionals
1 Single-name credit default swaps
2 Index credit default swaps 44 118 41 460
3 Total return swaps
4 Credit options
5 Other credit derivatives
6 Total notionals 44 118 41 460
Fair values
7 Positive fair value (asset) 1 579
8 Negative fair value (liability) -1 641

Notional values of index credit default swaps for protections bought have increased by SEK 8.5bn compared to Q2 2025, while protections sold increased by SEK 7.1bn.

Template EU CCR7 - RWEA flow statements of CCR exposures under the IMM, CRR Article 438(h)

Swedbank AB does not have a permission to use the Internal Model Method (IMM) for calculating exposure values.

Template EU CCR8 - Exposures to CCPs, CRR Article 439(i)

31 December 2025 a b
SEKm Exposure value RWEA
1 Exposures to QCCPs (total) 738
2 Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which 3 417 274
3 (i) OTC derivatives 3 273 271
4 (ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
5 (iii) SFTs 144 3
6 (iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
7 Segregated initial margin 6 068
8 Non-segregated initial margin 8 732 205
9 Prefunded default fund contributions 674 260
10 Unfunded default fund contributions 674
11 Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)
12 Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which
13 (i) OTC derivatives
14 (ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
15 (iii) SFTs
16 (iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
17 Segregated initial margin
18 Non-segregated initial margin
19 Prefunded default fund contributions
20 Unfunded default fund contributions

REA for QCCPs was stable compared to Q2 2025.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 14 - Disclosure of exposures to securitisation positions

Table EU-SECA - Qualitative disclosure requirements related to securitisation exposures, CRR Article 449(a-i)

Legal basis Row number Qualitative disclosure requirements related to securitisation exposures
Article 449(a) CRR (a) Description of securitisation and re-securitisation activities
Swedbank has not sponsored or originated any securitisation transactions and does not have any securitisation exposures in the trading book.
Swedbank's only securitisation exposure is an investment made in April 2022 in a senior and junior securitisation position of a traditional non-STS securitisation, aimed at financing the renovation of multi-apartment buildings in Lithuania. SEC-SA approach is used to calculate REA for this transaction and amortised cost accounting methodology is used.
Article 449(b) CRR (b) The type of risk that institutions are exposed to in their securitisation and re-securitisation activities
Risk is incurred in an investment into a senior and junior position of a traditional non-STS securitisation.
Article 449(c) CRR (c) Institutions' approach to calculate the risk-weighted exposure amounts applied to securitisation activities
SEC-SA approach is used to calculate REA for the senior and junior securitisation positions.
Article 449(d) CRR (d) List of SSPEs
N/A, Swedbank does not have any SSPEs.
Article 449(e) CRR (e) A list of any legal entities in relation to which the institution have disclosed that they have provided support in accordance with Chapter 5 of Title II of Part Three CRR
Swedbank has not sponsored or originated any securitisation transactions.
Article 449(f) CRR (f) A list of legal entities affiliated with the institutions and that invest in securitisations originated by the institutions or in securitisation positions issued by SSPEs sponsored by the institutions
Swedbank AB, Lithuania
Article 449(g) CRR (g) Accounting policies for securitisation activity
Amortising cost accounting methodology.
Article 449(h) CRR (h) Names of the ECAIs used for securitisations and the types of exposure for which each agency is used
No ECAIs are used
Article 449(i) CRR (i) Where applicable, a description of the Internal Assessment Approach as set out in Chapter 5 of Title II of Part Three CRR including the structure of the internal assessment process and the relation between internal assessment and external ratings of the relevant ECAI disclosed in accordance with point (h), the control mechanisms for the internal assessment process including discussion of independence, accountability, and internal assessment process review, the exposure types to which the internal assessment process is applied and the stress factors used for determining credit enhancement levels
N/A, Internal Assessment Approach is not used by Swedbank

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


75

Template EU SEC1 - Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book, CRR Article 449(j)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
Institution acts as originator Institution acts as sponsor Institution acts as investor
Traditional Synthetic Sub-total Traditional Synthetic Sub-total Traditional Synthetic Sub-total
SEKm STS of which SRT Non-STS of which SRT of which SRT STS Non-STS STS Non-STS
1 Total exposures 1 847 1 847
2 Retail (total) 1 847 1 847
3 residential mortgage
4 credit card
5 other retail exposures 1 847 1 847
6 re-securitisation
7 Wholesale (total)
8 loans to corporates
9 commercial mortgage
10 lease and receivables
11 other wholesale
12 re-securitisation

Swedbank has invested in a traditional securitisation financing the renovation of multi-apartment buildings in Lithuania.

Template EU SEC2 - Securitisation exposures in the trading book, CRR Article 449(j)

Swedbank has no securitisation exposures in the trading book.

Template EU SEC3 - Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as originator or as sponsor, CRR Article 449(k,i)

Swedbank has no sponsored or originated securitisation transactions.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU SEC4 - Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as investor, CRR Article 449(k,ii)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o EU-p EU-q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions) Exposure values (by regulatory approach) RWEA (by regulatory approach) Capital charge after cap
SEKm ≤20% RW >20% to 50% RW >50% to 100% RW >100% to <1250% RW 1250% RW/ deductions SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA (including IAA) SEC-SA 1250% RW / deductions SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA (including IAA) SEC-SA 1250% RW SEC-IRBA SEC-ERBA (including IAA) SEC-SA 1250% RW
1 Total exposures 1 847 1 847 277 18
2 Traditional securitisation 1 847 1 847 277 18
3 Securitisation 1 847 1 847 277 18
4 Retail underlying 1 847 1 847 277 18
5 Of which STS
6 Wholesale
7 Of which STS
8 Re-securitisation
9 Synthetic transactions
10 Securitisation
11 Retail underlying
12 Wholesale
13 Re-securitisation

Swedbank has invested SEK 1.8bn in a senior securitisation position. Swedbank's RWEA of the securitisation position was calculated using the SEC-SA approach and amounted to SEK 0.3bn.

Template EU SEC5 - Exposures securitised by the institution - Exposures in default and specific credit risk adjustments, CRR Article 449(I)

Swedbank has not securitised any exposures.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 15 - Disclosure of market risk

Table EU MRA: Qualitative disclosure requirements related to market risk, CRR Article 435(1) (a-d)

Row number Qualitative disclosure requirements related to market risk
(a) Points (a) and (d) of Article 435 (1) CRR
A description of the institution's strategies and processes to manage market risk, including:
An explanation of management's strategic objectives in undertaking trading activities, as well as the processes implemented to identify, measure, monitor and control the institution's market risks
A description of their policies for hedging and mitigating risk and strategies and processes for monitoring the continuing effectiveness of hedges. The majority of Swedbank's market risk is structural or strategic in nature and emerges within Group Treasury. Market risk also arises in the trading book as a consequence of daily market-making and client facilitation activities. Swedbank's trading operations are managed within the business areas Corporates and Institutions and Baltic Banking primarily to fulfil the clients' transaction requirements in the financial markets.

Swedbank has established strategies and processes for the overall management of the market risks that emerge within the trading and banking book, with the ERM Policy as the starting point. The Market Risk Instruction, which originates from the ERM Policy is reviewed and adopted at least annually by the CEO. All internal regulations and processes are reviewed on a regular basis by Group Risk, internal and external auditors, and supervisors. |
| (b) | Point (b) of Article 435 (1) CRR
A description of the structure and organisation of the market risk management function, including a description of the market risk governance structure established to implement the strategies and processes of the institution discussed in row (a) above, and that describes the relationships and the communication mechanisms between the different parties involved in market risk management. | The Board has the overall responsibility for ensuring that the risks associated with the Group's operations and strategy are satisfactorily managed and controlled. The responsibility and delegation of authority of risk management and internal controls stem from the Board to the CEO and is delegated further on to the Heads of Business Areas, Product Area, and Group Functions, who are the ultimate risk owners responsible for market risk management, in accordance with the Group's governance model. The Board establishes the Policy on Enterprise Risk Management, including the risk strategy, and decides on the risk appetite. |
| (c) | Point (c) of Article 435 (1) CRR
Scope and nature of risk reporting and measurement systems | The Group's total risk-taking is governed by the risk appetites including risk limits decided by the Board, which limit the nature and size of market risk-taking. Only risk-taking units, i.e. units approved for risk-taking by the CEO, are permitted to take market risk. The Board's risk appetites, including the board limits, are implemented by the CEO through the risk limit framework. The risk limit framework can include limits as well the ETs and KRIs decided by the CEO. CEO limits are in turn allocated to the CFO for further allocation. To supplement limits allocated by the CEO, additional limits are set by executive management to avoid building risk concentrations. CFO limits are allocated to the Head of Corporates and Institutions, Head of Baltic Banking and the Head of Group Treasury, respectively. Limits are further allocated within respective business area or group function. Additional limits could be assigned to specific desks, subsidiaries or organisational units.

There are other units within the Group where arising banking book market risk, for various practical purposes, cannot efficiently be transferred in its entirety to Group Treasury. In these cases, the Head of Group Treasury can grant market risk mandates to such units in the form of administrative limits, ETs or KRIs.

Group Treasury, as well as Corporates and Institutions and Baltic Banking, monitor and manage their market risks within the given mandates and have the possibility to use different types of derivative contracts, mainly interest rate and cross currency swaps, foreign exchange forwards and swaps as well as forward rate agreements, to mitigate currency and interest rate risks. In those cases where hedge accounting is applied, the effectiveness of the hedge is continuously monitored by evaluating the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item compared with the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedging instrument.

New products have to be pre-approved in the NPAP, where some of the key stakeholders besides the business are the risk, compliance, and finance organisations. The process is a way of ensuring, for example, that all positions in the trading book are tradable or can be hedged.

Group Risk performs limit monitoring, in-depth analysis, frequent stress testing and reporting of Swedbank's market risks. Internal reporting of market risk exposure and follow-up on limit usage is performed on a daily basis and delivered to various stakeholders, such as the risk-taking units and the senior management of Swedbank. Group Risk has established sound escalation principles for limit breaches in which the market risk-takers, as well as Swedbank's senior management, are informed of the incident as well as mitigation actions. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


78

Template EU MR1 - Market risk under the alternative standardised approach, CRR Article 445

31 December 2025 a
SEKm RWEAs
Outright products
1 Interest rate risk (general and specific) 4 031
2 Equity risk (general and specific) 33
3 Foreign exchange risk 874
4 Commodity risk
Options
5 Simplified approach
6 Delta-plus method 4
7 Scenario approach
8 Securitisation (specific risk)
9 Total 4 942

As of Q4 2025 Swedbank REA for market risk, based on calculations according to the standardised approach, was SEK 4.9bn (SEK 7.0bn in Q2 2025). The decrease was primarily due to specific interest rate risk in the trading book which decreased by SEK 1.8bn, which was primarily driven by decreased positions in Swedish institutions' and corporate bonds. Foreign exchange risk in the banking book decreased by SEK 0.2bn, which was primarily driven by decreased exposure towards EUR.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


79

Table EU MRB: Qualitative disclosure requirements for institutions using the internal market risk models, CRR Article 455(a-c,f)

Row number Qualitative disclosure requirements for institutions using the internal Market Risk Models
EU (a) Article 455(c) CRR
Description of the procedures and systems implemented for the assurance of tradability of the positions included in the trading book in order to comply with the requirements of Article 104. Description of the methodology used to ensure that the policies and procedures implemented for the overall management of the trading book are appropriate. Measurement of market risk at Swedbank is performed using a variety of risk measures, both statistical such as various VaR as well as non-statistical measures. In the trading book, VaR and Stressed VaR (SVaR) are used for the daily risk measurement as well as for calculating regulatory capital. In the banking book, VaR and sensitivities are used for risk monitoring in addition to a historical simulation that is used for calculating Economic Capital. Non-statistical measures such as sensitivity analyses and stress tests are important complementary measures that provide a better understanding of specific market risk factors or possible tail scenarios. Materiality is considered when analysing and measuring the risks, paying extra attention to the largest exposures. New products have to be pre-approved by Group Risk in the NPAP to ensure that all risk factors associated with the new product are identified and can be managed in the risk measurement. The use of products that contain fundamentally new market risk characteristics, such as new asset classes, requires explicit approval by the CEO. The risk system is subject to a continuous maintenance process and a yearly validation process to ensure that a relevant set of risk factors is being used as the nature and volume of trades may vary over time.
EU (b) Article 455(c) CRR
For exposures from the trading and the non-trading book that are measured at fair value in accordance with the applicable accounting framework and that have their exposure value adjusted in accordance with Part Two, Title I, Chapter 2, Article 34 and Part Three, Title I, Chapter 3, Article 105 of the CRR (as well as the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2016/101), institutions shall describe systems and controls to ensure that the valuation estimates are prudent and reliable. These disclosures shall be provided as part of the market risk disclosures for exposures from the trading book. Valuation Governance Framework:
Swedbank Group maintains a robust valuation governance framework designed to ensure that fair value estimates are prudent and reliable supported by a strict segregation of duties between Risk Taking Units (RTUs) and independent control units within Group Finance (GFi) and Group Risk (GR). The framework is led by GFi, which has group wide responsibility for valuation governance and chairs the Valuation Committee (ValCom). ValCom provides senior management oversight of valuation policies, material valuation judgments and significant valuation matters.

Valuation Governance Pillars:
* Segregation of Duties: Roles and responsibilities are clearly defined among RTUs and independent control units within GFi and GR.
* Observability and source hierarchy: Valuations are determined using a defined price and market data source hierarchy that prioritises observable and verifiable input data. Valuations are classified within the fair value hierarchy based on input observability, with increased review for valuations with significant unobservable inputs.
* Independent Price Verification (IPV): Positions measured at fair value in trading and banking books are subject to IPV using independent data sources and a defined source hierarchy. IPV outcomes are assessed against defined thresholds and escalation procedures.
* Independent Profit and Loss (PnL) Control: GFi independently reviews RTUs PnL to ensure they accurately reflect RTUs performance.
* Valuation adjustments (VAs): Where required, VAs are applied to reflect exit price considerations and market participant assumptions in accordance with IFRS 13 standards.
* Prudent Valuation (PVA): Additional valuation adjustments (AVAs) are calculated to achieve the required level of certainty over fair values for prudential purposes and are reflected as a deduction from regulatory capital in accordance with applicable prudential requirements.
* Independent Model Review: GFi and GR ensure that Fair and Prudent Value models are in line with market standards and practices. Only approved Fair and Prudent value models are permitted for financial reporting or regulatory capital deduction. Approved models subject ongoing monitor and recurrent reviewed.
* Senior Management Oversight: ValCom oversees the valuation process, approves valuation policies and reviews significant valuation matters. The committee ensures that the governance framework, methodologies, calibration standards and data hierarchies remain relevant and consistently applied across the Group.
* Three Tiers of Control: RTUs ensure that the business activities are in compliance with external and internal requirements. GR and GFi provide a second tier of control by independently validating prices, model inputs, methodologies and outputs. Internal Audit provides the third tier of control through periodic reviews of the business activities and related control frameworks.

Controls and Procedures:
RTUs propose fair value models, input data sources, calibration procedure and VAs. They provide initial fair value estimates with an explicit sign-off process. RTUs maintain processes to identify, measure and manage valuation related risks within their activities.
Independent control units within GFi and GR independently review and challenge valuation methodologies, input data sources, calibration procedure and VAs.
Independent control units within GFi review RTUs' PnL on a daily basis, compute or review VAs at least on a monthly basis. They perform IPV at least on a monthly basis and calculate PVA on a quarterly basis. They investigate material PnL and IPV differences and, where required, they perform escalation. They convene ValCom at least on a monthly basis to provide management oversight on Fair and Prudent valuations, IPV and PnL control outputs and related thresholds, VAs and fair value data source hierarchy.

System Infrastructure:
RTU manages front-office systems supporting trade capture, valuation production and model implementation with defined operational controls.
Independent control units within GFi manage systems and operate tools supporting IPV, PVA, PnL control and VAs processes. |
| Point (i) of Article 455(a) CRR
(A) Institutions using VaR models and SVaR models must disclose the following information: | | |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


80

| (a) | Point (i) of Article 455 (a) and Article 455 (b) CRR
Description of activities and risks covered by VaR and SVaR models, specifying how they are distributed in portfolios/sub-portfolios for which the competent authority has granted permission. | Swedbank's VaR and SVaR models cover interest rate, credit spread, foreign exchange and equity risks. VaR does not include strategic currency risk, since a VaR measure on a one-day time horizon is not relevant for positions which are meant to be held strategically for longer periods of time. VaR does, however, include positions that are designated as "Held to maturity" or are in a hedging relationship ("Hedge accounting") and therefore have no direct impact on Swedbank's net gains and losses on financial items at fair value. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| (b) | Article 455(b) CRR
Description of the scope of application of the VaR and SVaR models for which the competent authority has granted permission, including which entities in the group use these models and how the models represent all the models used at the group level, as well as the percentage of own funds requirements covered by the models or if the same models of VaR/SVaR are used for all entities with market risk exposure | The approval is based on VaR and SVaR models. For both Swedbank CS and Swedbank AB, the approval covers general interest rate risk, general equity risk, specific equity risk and currency risk in the trading book for the Swedish operations. For Swedbank CS, the approval also covers general interest rate risk and currency risk in the trading book for the Baltic subsidiaries. The IMA VaR and SVaR models differ from the VaR and SVaR models used for internal risk management purposes as they do not include credit spread risk. |
| (c) | Point (i) of Article 455(a) CRR
Characteristics of the models used, including:
General description of regulatory VaR and SVaR models
Discussion of the main differences, if any, between the model used for management purposes and the model used for regulatory purposes (10 day 99%) for VaR and SVaR models.
For VaR models:
Data updating frequency;
Length of the data period that is used to calibrate the model. Describe the weighting scheme that is used (if any);
How the institutions determines the 10-day holding period (for example, does it scale up a 1-day VaR by the square root of 10, or does it directly model the 10-day VaR?);
Aggregation approach, which is the method for aggregating the specific and general risk (i.e. do the institutions calculate the specific charge as a stand-alone charge by using a different method than the one used to calculate the general risk or do the institutions use a single model that diversifies general and specific risk?);
Valuation approach (full revaluation or use of approximations);
Whether, when simulating potential movements in risk factors, absolute or relative returns (or a mixed approach) are used (i.e. proportional change in prices or rates or absolute change in prices or rates).
For SVaR models, specify:
How the 10-day holding period is determined. For example, does the institution scale up a 1-day VaR by the square root of 10, or does it directly model the 10-day VaR? If the approach is the same as for the VaR models, the institutions may confirm this and refer to disclosure (e) (iii) above;
The stress period chosen by the institution and the rationale for this choice;
Valuation approach (full revaluation or use of approximations). | Estimates of the parameters included in the VaR model are updated on a daily basis. Both absolute and relative returns are used when simulating potential movements in risk factors. A full revaluation approach is used for both VaR and SVaR, with a few exceptions such as structured equity products and interest rate products in the Baltic subsidiaries, for which the valuation is based on approximations.
Since VaR is premised on model assumptions, Swedbank conducts daily back-testing to assess the accuracy and relevance of the model. Swedbank has an approval to partially use an Internal Models Approach (IMA) when calculating regulatory capital requirements regarding market risk for Swedbank CS and Swedbank AB.
The SVaR model uses market data from the one-year period covering early 2008 to 2009, a period deemed to be of significant stress. The VaR model uses market data from one year back, with unweighted returns, but can use a shorter time period than one year in times of significant upsurge in price volatility. The 10-day VaR is determined by scaling one-day VaR by the square root of 10. The same methodology applies when calculating the 10-day SVaR.
In addition to the Monte Carlo-based VaR and SVaR models, Swedbank also runs historical VaR, and other variants such as exponential VaR and expected shortfall, for further complementary monitoring and analysis. |
| (d) | Point (ii) of Article 455(a) CRR
Description of stress testing applied to the modelling parameters (main scenarios developed to capture the characteristics of the portfolios to which the VaR and SVaR models apply at the group level). | Method and model stress tests measure how statistical measures (such as VaR and Expected Shortfall) respond to changes in assumptions, parameters and market conditions. The purpose is partly to capture the uncertainty in reported risk figures due to assumptions and parameter estimations, and partly to capture how dependent the reported risk figures are on current market conditions (such as interest rate levels and risk factor covariance). |
| (h) | Point (iv) of Article 455(a) CRR
Description of the approach used for backtesting/validating the accuracy and internal consistency of data and parameters used for the internal models and modelling processes. | Swedbank conducts both actual and hypothetical back-testing. Actual back-testing uses the trading operations' actual daily results, cleaned from commissions and fees. The hypothetical back-testing uses close-of-business positions and revalues the portfolio with the latest market data to obtain a hypothetical result. The actual, as well as the hypothetical result, is then compared with VaR to ensure the validity of the IMA VaR model. |
| Point (ii) of Article 455(a) CRR
(B) Institutions using internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk (IRC) must disclose the following information: | | |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


81

| (a) | Point (ii) of Article 455 (a) and Article 455 (b) CRR
Description of risks covered by the IRC models, specifying how they are distributed in portfolios/sub-portfolios for which the competent authority has granted permission. | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| (b) | Article 455(b) CRR
Description of the scope of application of the IRC model for which the competent authority has granted permission, including which entities in the group use these models and how the models represent all the models used at the group level, the percentage of own funds requirements covered by the models /or if the same models of IRC is used for all entities with market risk exposure | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| (c) | Point (ii) of Article 455(a) CRR
General description of the methodology used for internal models for incremental default and migration risk, including:
Information about the overall modelling approach (notably, the use of spread-based models or transition matrix-based models);
Information on the calibration of the transition matrix;
Information about correlation assumptions; | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| (i) | | |
| (ii) | | |
| (d) | Approach used to determine liquidity horizons; | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| (e) | Methodology used to achieve a capital assessment that is consistent with the required soundness standard; | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| (f) | Approach used in the validation of the models. | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| (g) | Point (iii) of Article 455(a) CRR
Description of stress testing applied to the modelling parameters (main scenarios developed to capture the characteristics of the portfolios to which the IRC models apply at the group level). | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| (h) | Point (iv) of Article 455(a) CRR
Description of the approach used for backtesting/validating the accuracy and internal consistency of data and parameters used for the IRC internal models and modelling processes. | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure the own funds requirements for the incremental default and migration risk. |
| Point (ii) of Article 455(a) CRR
(C) Institutions using internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio (comprehensive risk measure) must disclosure the following information: | | |
| (a) | Point (ii) of Article 455 (a) and Article 455 (b) CRR
Description of risks covered by the comprehensive risk measure models, specifying how they are distributed in portfolios/sub-portfolios for which the competent authority has granted permission. | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio. |
| (b) | Article 455(b) CRR
Description of the scope of application of the comprehensive risk measure models for which the competent authority has granted permission, including which entities in the group use these models and how the models represent all the models used at the group level, including the percentage of own funds requirements covered by the models /or if the same models of IRC is used for all entities with market risk exposure. | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio. |
| (c) | Point (ii) of Article 455(a) CRR
General description of the methodology used for correlation trading, including:
Information about the overall modelling approach (choice of model correlation between default/migrations and spread: (i) separate but correlated stochastic processes driving migration/default and spread movement; (ii) spread changes driving migration/default; or (iii) default/migrations driving spread changes);
Information used to calibrate the parameters of the base correlation: LGD pricing of the tranches (constant or stochastic); | Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


82

(iii) Information on the choice of whether to age positions (profits and losses based on the simulated market movement in the model calculated based on the time to expiry of each position at the end of the 1-year capital horizon or using their time to expiry at the calculation date);
(d) Approach used to determine liquidity horizons. Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio.
(e) Methodology used to achieve a capital assessment that is consistent with the required soundness standard. Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio.
(f) Approach used in the validation of the models. Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio.
(g) Point (iii) of Article 455(a) CRR
Description of stress testing applied to the modelling parameters (main scenarios developed to capture the characteristics of the portfolios to which the comprehensive risk measure models apply at the group level). Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio.
(h) Point (iv) of Article 455(a) CRR
Description of the approach used for backtesting/validating the accuracy and internal consistency of data and parameters used for the comprehensive risk measure internal models and modelling processes. Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio.
(i) Point (f) of Article 455 CRR
Information on weighted average liquidity horizon for each subportfolio covered by the internal models for incremental default and migration risk and for correlation trading Swedbank doesn't use internal models to measure own funds requirements for correlation trading portfolio.

Template EU MR2-A - Market risk under the internal Model Approach (IMA), CRR Article 455(e)

31 December 2025 a b
RWEAs Own funds requirements
SEKm
1 VaR (higher of values a and b) 2 288 183
(a) Previous day's VaR (VaRt-1) 52
(b) Multiplication factor (mc) x average of previous 60 working days (VaRavg) 183
2 SVaR (higher of values a and b) 6 341 507
(a) Latest available SVaR (SVaRt-1)) 180
(b) Multiplication factor (ms) x average of previous 60 working days (sVaRavg) 507
3 IRC (higher of values a and b)
(a) Most recent IRC measure
(b) 12 weeks average IRC measure
4 Comprehensive risk measure (higher of values a, b and c)
(a) Most recent risk measure of comprehensive risk measure
(b) 12 weeks average of comprehensive risk measure
(c) Comprehensive risk measure - Floor
5 Other
6 Total 8 629 690

Template EU MR2-B - RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA, CRR Article 438(h)

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g
VaR SVaR IRC Comprehensive risk measure Other Total RWEAs Total own funds requirements
SEKm
1 RWEAs at previous period end 2 288 6 750 9 038 723
1a Regulatory adjustment 1 424 4 305 5 729 458
1b RWEAs at the previous quarter-end (end of the day) 864 2 445 3 309 265
2 Movement in risk levels -213 -193 -406 -33
3 Model updates/changes
4 Methodology and policy
5 Acquisitions and disposals
6 Foreign exchange movements
7 Other
8a RWEAs at the end of the disclosure period (end of the day) 651 2 252 2 903 232
8b Regulatory adjustment 1 637 4 089 5 726 458
8 RWEAs at the end of the disclosure period 2 288 6 341 8 629 690

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


83

Template EU MR3 – IMA values for trading portfolios, CRR Article 455(d)

31 December 2025
SEKm a
VaR (10 day 99%)
1 Maximum value 78
2 Average value 59
3 Minimum value 46
4 Period end 52
SVaR (10 day 99%)
5 Maximum value 234
6 Average value 171
7 Minimum value 135
8 Period end 180
IRC (99.9%)
9 Maximum value
10 Average value
11 Minimum value
12 Period end
Comprehensive risk measure (99.9%)
13 Maximum value
14 Average value
15 Minimum value
16 Period end

Capital requirements for market risk may be based either on a standardised model or on an internal VaR model (IMA). As of Q4 2025 Swedbank REA for market risk, based on calculations according to the standardised approach, was SEK 4.9bn (SEK 7.0bn in Q2 2025). The decrease was primarily due to specific interest rate risk in the trading book which decreased by SEK 1.8bn, which was primarily driven by decreased positions in Swedish institutions' and corporate bonds. Foreign exchange risk in the banking book decreased by SEK 0.2bn, which was primarily driven by decreased exposure towards EUR. As of Q4 2025 the REA for Swedbank's market risk based on calculations according to the IMA, was SEK 8.6bn (SEK 9.0bn in Q3 2025). The decrease in REA was primarily driven by lower levels in interest rate risk.

Template EU MR4 - Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses, CRR Article 455(g)

Back-testing

Swedbank conducts both actual and hypothetical back-testing. Actual back-testing uses the trading operations' actual daily results, cleaned from commissions and fees. The hypothetical back-testing uses close-of-business positions and revalues the portfolio with the latest market data to obtain a hypothetical result. The actual, as well as the hypothetical result, is then compared with VaR to ensure the validity of the IMA VaR model. If actual or hypothetical losses exceed the calculated value at risk estimated losses, it is considered an "exception". Back-testing exceptions impact the IMA REA. Given the confidence level of 99 per cent, this would statistically imply two to three exceptions per year. Swedbank had one exception in the hypothetical back-testing and one in the actual back-testing in the last 12 months. The back-testing exceptions were mainly related to interest rate risk movements.

img-0.jpeg

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 16 - Disclosure of credit valuation adjustment

Table EU CVAA – Qualitative disclosure requirements to credit valuation adjustment risk, CRR Article 445a (1) (a,b)

Row number Qualitative disclosure requirements related to credit valuation adjustment risk
(a) Point (a) of Article 445a(1) CRR
A description of the institution's processes to manage credit valuation adjustment risk, including:
- a description of the processes implemented to identify, measure, monitor and control the institution's credit valuation adjustment risks;
- a description of their policies for hedging and mitigating risk and strategies and processes for monitoring the continuing effectiveness of hedges. Management of credit valuation adjustment (CVA) risk – CVA risk is the risk to earnings and capital from changes in CVA. CVA reflects the fair value of the credit risk in derivatives transactions and arises as an unavoidable consequence of the Group's activities in the derivatives markets.
Swedbank's CVA risk primarily emanates from Corporates & Institutions (C&I), Group Treasury and Baltic Banking, and is perceived as a form of market risk. The CVA risk for the Group is managed within C&I.

Monitoring and control - As CVA risk is perceived as a form of market risk, it is included in Swedbank's strategies and processes for the overall management of the market risks that emerge within the trading book and banking book. The Group's total risk-taking is governed by the risk appetites including risk limits decided by the Board, which limit the nature and size of CVA risk-exposures. CVA risk is furthermore included in the risk limit framework for market risk.

Corporates & Institutions monitor and manage the Group's CVA risk within their given mandates. Group Risk performs limit monitoring, in-depth analysis, frequent stress testing and reporting of Swedbank's CVA risks.

Hedging and mitigation - Swedbank's hedging and mitigation policies for CVA risk are designed to reduce net exposure and volatility in Net Gains and Losses, primarily through dynamic hedging strategies executed by the XVA unit within C&I. This unit specialises in managing CVA and related risks (collectively known as XVA). Systematic risk is hedged using credit default indices (CDIs). The ongoing effectiveness of these hedges is monitored through regular sensitivity analyses and reporting. |
| (b) | Point (b) of Article 445a(1) CRR
An explanation whether the institution meets all the conditions set out in Article 273a(2); where those conditions are met, whether institution has chosen to calculate the own funds requirements for CVA risk using the simplified approach set out in Article 385; where institutions have chosen to calculate the own funds requirements for CVA risk using the simplified approach, the own funds requirements for CVA risk in accordance with that approach. | Swedbank does not met the conditions set out in 273a(2). Swedbank has implemented the Full Basic Approach (F-BA) for calculating own funds requirement for CVA risk. |

Template EU CVA1 – Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Reduced Basic Approach, CRR Article 445a (3)(a)

Swedbank AB has implemented Full Basic Approach (F-BA) for CVA risk.

Table EU CVAB – Qualitative disclosure requirements related to CVA risk for institutions using the Standardised Approach, CRR Article 445a(2) (a)

Row number Point (a) of Article 445a(2) CRR Qualitative disclosure requirements related to CVA risk for institutions using the Standardised Approach
(a) A description of the institution's structure and organisation of the internal CVA risk management function and governance including a description of the bank's CVA risk management framework; Swedbank has implemented the Full Basic Approach (F-BA) for calculating own funds requirement for CVA risk.
(b) A description of how senior management is involved in the CVA risk management framework; Swedbank has implemented the Full Basic Approach (F-BA) for calculating own funds requirement for CVA risk.
(c) An overview of the governance of the CVA risk management framework (e.g documentation, independent control unit, independent review, independence of the data acquisition from the lines of business) Swedbank has implemented the Full Basic Approach (F-BA) for calculating own funds requirement for CVA risk.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


85

Template EU CVA2 – Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Full Basic Approach, CRR Article 455a(3)(a-b)

31 December 2025 a EU b
SEKm Own funds requirements Notional of CVA hedges
1 BACVA^{car unhedged} 336
2 BACVA^{car hedged} 296
3 Total 228
EU 4 Single-name CDS
EU 5 Index CDS 2 325
EU 6 Total 2 325

Template EU CVA3 – Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Standardised Approach, CRR Article 445a(1)(c), 445a(2)(b-c)

Swedbank AB does not have a permission to use the Standardised Approach for calculating own funds requirement for CVA risk.

Template EU CVA4 – RWEA flow statements of credit valuation adjustment risk under the Standardised Approach, CRR Article 438(d,h)

Swedbank AB does not have a permission to use the Standardised Approach for calculating own funds requirement for CVA risk.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 17 - Disclosure of operational risk

Table EU ORA - Qualitative information on operational risk, CRR Article 446(1)(a), 435(1)

Legal basis Row number Qualitative information on operational risk
Article 446(1)(a) and Article 435(1)(a) CRR (a) Operational Risk Management Governance and Framework
Operational risks are inherent in all Swedbank's business activities. It is not cost-efficient to attempt to eliminate all operational risks, nor is it possible to do so. Swedbank seeks to maintain low operational risk exposure, taking into account market sentiment and regulations, as well as Swedbank's strategy, rating ambition and capacity to absorb operational risk losses.
The aim of Swedbank's operational risk management Framework is to minimise the likelihood of disruptions, losses and reputational impact resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or external events, to support and achieve operational resilience. The framework integrates and includes Information and Communication Technology (ICT) related risk management, which serves as purpose to ensure a high level of digital operational resilience. The ICT related risk management parts of the framework include strategies, policies, procedures and tools to provide adequate, protect, detect, respond and recovery capabilities. The framework and reporting structures enable the Group to provide complete and updated information on ICT-related Risk Exposure. Risk strategy and governance for the management of all risk types, including operational risk management, is set by the Board in the Policy on Enterprise Risk Management (ERM Policy). The Board also defines the role and duties of the risk control organisation, including Group Operational Risk, in the Policy for Group Risk. Both policies are supplemented and supported by additional instructions, directives and guidelines, constituting the operational risk management framework.

Business environment
To enable identification and management of relevant operational risks and controls, Swedbank has further developed the approach to document its business environment and regular review thereof. It includes identification and mapping of functions, products, units, services, processes, information assets, IT assets, third parties and their respective internal and external dependencies, as well as assigning ownership and classification with aspect to their criticality, outlining those that are of material importance to the Group.

Risk and control management
Methods for consistent and aligned assessments of operational risks are applied throughout the Group. These methods are used on a regular basis including, but not limited to, all processes supporting critical or important functions within the Group to identify significant risks, plan for remediating actions, implement or strengthen controls, and monitor. Specific framework for internal controls over financial reporting is applied for the processes concerned.

Scenario Analysis
The Group performs scenario analysis to identify risks with severe financial or non-financial impact and a low probability to materialise. Analysing these scenarios contribute to increased resilience and understanding of the key impacts from, and preparedness for, unusual risk events if they should materialise, as well as identifying and mitigating existing control gaps.

New Product Approval Process
Swedbank has a Group-wide process for NPAP covering all new and materially altered products, services, markets, processes, models, and IT- systems as well as for major operational or organisational changes including outsourcing. The purpose is to ensure that the Group does not engage in activities containing unintended risks and that accepted risks are adequately managed and controlled when launching new or materially altered products or services. The process is designed to emphasise the responsibility and accountability throughout the approval process, including continuous risk identification, analysis and mitigating actions. Group Risk and Group Compliance contribute with an independent evaluation of the risk analysis process and the residual risks, and both Group Risk and Group Compliance have the mandate to object to changes where risks exceed the risk appetite and the underlying limits.

Incident management
Swedbank proactively strengthens its resilience and preparedness to effectively manage various incidents, such as IT disruptions, fraud, process failures and incidents caused by environmental factors. These efforts are vital in ensuring the Group's ongoing capability to deliver services and offerings at a consistently high standard. Swedbank has established routines and system support to facilitate reporting and following up on incidents. Every business area, product area and group function are responsible for reporting, analysing and creating action plans that identify root causes and mitigate the causes effectively. Incidents and operational risk losses are reported in a central database for further analysis, facilitating continuous improvement in our approach to incident management.

Business Continuity and Crisis management
Swedbank has a structured approach to business continuity and crisis management. Incident Response- and Crisis Management teams operate on both Group and on a local level to lead, direct and coordinate activities necessary during a crisis event. Business Continuity Management (BCM) is a key component for Swedbank to maintain a high-level of operational resilience and cover business continuity, response and recovery plans for processes, IT-services, infrastructure and third parties supporting Critical or Important Functions. Plans are regularly tested and exercised, considering severe but plausible scenarios to ensure continuous learning and improvement to be able to continue to deliver Critical or Important Functions throughout disruptions. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


87

| | | ESG aspects within operational risk
The Social and Governance aspects of ESG are closely interlinked with operational risk. Swedbank identifies relevant ESG factors within the operational risk subtypes and assess their materiality. The material ESG factors are considered and handled within existing strategy and procedures related to operational risk subtypes, as well as within operational risk scenarios. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | | IT risk
Swedbank has a structured approach to manage IT risks. IT serves a vital role in Swedbank, enabling the bank and its subsidiaries to run their business operations in a cost efficient, secure, and scalable manner. Swedbank has well-documented and implemented architecture, processes and procedures that define how the Group operates, monitors and controls IT systems and services. Swedbank's Tech & Data Strategy outlines the technical capabilities needed to support its Group Strategic Direction and other core strategies. The strategy is based on Swedbank's low risk position and defined risk appetite and a stable foundation as prerequisites.

Information security risk
Swedbank operates in a highly digital, interconnected and interdependent environment, where fraudsters and cybercriminals exploit both human and technical vulnerabilities, and both planned and unplanned events can result in disruptions of banking services. Severe cyber-attacks continue to threaten the operational resilience of Swedbank and its associated third parties and counterparties, and as such, financial stability and society at large. To that end, Swedbank has a structured approach to information and cyber security and the risk management thereof. Essentially, all employees are subject to relevant awareness and training activities. Products, processes, IT systems and platforms are maintained with security by design principles. Vulnerabilities are prudently remediated and incidents and swiftly responded to and mitigated. In addition, security controls are regularly tested, and critical systems and services are subject to advanced forms of cyber testing to ensure preparedness for severe cyber-attacks. Lastly, Swedbank maintains a stable infrastructure that ensures reliable digital performance and products and services to be available on demand.

Third Party risk
All sourcing arrangements are associated with risks. Swedbank remains fully responsible and accountable for all outsourced processes, services, or activities. Standards on sourcing as well as outsourcing are defined to ensure that all arrangements are conducted in a controlled manner and related risks are identified and adequately managed.

Legal risk
Swedbank has legal counsels dedicated to major business areas, group products and group functions with specialisation in core areas of Swedbank's operations. The legal counsels provide legal advice by supporting and acting upon the need of the concerned operations. There are also internal rules on escalation, information-sharing, and reporting of legal risks and lawsuits. Regular reviews are carried out to identify and follow-up on actual and/or potential legal risks, so that practices can be modified to ensure adherence with legal requirements. |
| Article 446(1)(a) and Article 435(1) (b) CRR | (b) | Structure and Organisation of Operational Risk Management
Every business area, product area, group function, as well as the Swedbank branches and subsidiaries own the operational risks inherent in their operations. All managers throughout Swedbank have the responsibility for the continuous and active operational risk management as part of their first line risk management.
Business managers, in their capacity as first line of defence, own the risks within their respective areas of responsibility. They are responsible for ensuring that there are appropriate processes and internal control structures in place to secure operational risk identification, assessment, management, monitoring, and reporting. Business managers are also responsible for monitoring that operational risk exposures are being kept within the boundaries of operational risk appetite and in alignment with the operational risk management framework. Risk managers are embedded within the first line of defence and are dedicated to assist business managers in their day-to-day operational risk management to ensure an effective implementation of operational risk management and the internal control framework.
Group Operational Risk is part of the independent second line of defence function Group Risk mandated by the Board, responsible for maintaining the Group Operational Risk management framework, setting uniform and Group-wide governing principles and minimum standards on operational risk management, measurement and reporting of operational risk. At least annually or when major changes occur, Group Operational Risk reviews the operational risk management framework and significant risks to which the Group is exposed to. |
| Article 446(1)(a) and Article 435(1) (c) CRR | (c) | Operational Risk Measurement System
The Bank determines operational risk exposure through a VaR model. The model integrates both internal and external loss data, ensuring that extreme loss events are captured and quantified at a high confidence level.
To complement the data-driven model, a scenario analysis add-on is applied. This ensures that forward-looking risks and severe events not fully represented in historical data are included. The resulting figure represents the Bank's measure of operational risk exposure and forms the basis for the calculation of economic capital requirements. |
| Article 446(1)(a) and Article 435(1) (c) CRR | (d) | Operational Risk Reporting Framework
Swedbank's operational risk reporting framework ensures transparency and informed decision-making at all levels. Reporting scope covers Risk Exposure assessment in relation to defined Risk Appetite statements, material incidents and deficiencies. Input from first and second line of defence, created through daily application of Risk Management, control framework and its underlying tools and methodologies, are utilized in reporting. Continuous monitoring via key risk indicators allows proactive management. Group Operational Risk provide independent monthly reports to executive management and Board of Directors highlighting significant changes in Risk Exposure, while quarterly reports provide insights about the overall operational risk landscape. |
| Article 446(1)(a) and Article 435(1) (d) CRR | (e) | Risk Mitigation Strategies and Remaining Exposures Transfer Methods
Risk Appetite, definition of sound risk culture and risk awareness, as well as third party risk is set by the Board in the ERM Policy. The policy is supplemented and supported by additional instructions and guidance.
Swedbank's low risk profile implies that the risk appetite shall be set to ensure that under normal circumstances the risk exposure at each point in time is well below the Group's risk capacity.

Insurance policies
Swedbank has insurance protection for significant parts of its operations and maintains several insurance programmes to mitigate operational risks (and other types of risks). These insurance programmes consist of external insurance solutions, internal captive solutions, and externally reinsured captive solutions. The external programmes include crime, professional liability, directors' and officers' liability, property insurance, and cyber insurance. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU OR1 - Operational risk losses, CRR Article 446(2) (a-b)

SEKm a 2025 b 2024 c 2023 d 2022 e 2021 f 2020 g 2019 h 2018 i 2017 j 2016 k Ten-year average
Using €20,000 threshold
1 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries (no exclusions) 73 170 1 071 92 151 4 180 36 46 37 91
2 Total number of operational risk losses 97 129 201 89 86 70 24 46 37 32
3 Total amount of excluded operational risk losses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 Total number of excluded operational risk events 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries and net of excluded losses 73 170 1 071 92 151 4 180 36 46 37 91
Using €100,000 threshold
6 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries (no exclusions) 38 126 1 010 64 120 4 156 29 28 26 82
7 Total number of operational risk losses 14 21 35 26 24 20 9 7 12 12
8 Total amount of excluded operational risk losses 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9 Total number of excluded operational risk events 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 Total amount of operational risk losses net of recoveries and net of excluded losses 38 126 1 010 64 120 4 156 29 28 26 82
Details of operational risk capital calculation
11 not applicable
12 not applicable
13 not applicable

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


89

Template EU OR2 - Business Indicator, components and subcomponents, CRR Article 446(1) (c-d)

SEKm BI and its subcomponents a b c d
1 Interest, lease and dividend component (ILDC) 2025 2024 2023 Average value
EU 1 ILDC related to the individual institution/consolidated Group (excluding entities considered by Article 314(3)) 50 247
1a Interest and lease income 95 799 132 959 124 428 117 729
1b Interest and lease expense 47 855 83 013 72 226 67 698
1c Total assets/Asset component 2 519 389 2 558 230 2 505 640 2 527 753
1d Dividend income/ dividend component 243 234 171 216
2 Services component (SC) 28 686
2a Fee and commission income 26 477 27 455 24 947 26 293
2b Fee and commission expense 10 671 11 174 10 242 10 696
2c Other operating income 3 003 2 292 1 885 2 393
2d Other operating expense 76 137 990 401
3 Financial component (FC) 3 285
3a Net profit or loss applicable to trading book (TB) 101 4 384 2 745 2 410
3b Net profit or loss applicable to banking book (BB) 1 109 535 980 875
EU 3c Approach followed to determine the TB/BB boundary (PBA or accounting approach)
4 Business Indicator (BI) 82 218
5 Business indicator component (BIC) 12 008

Disclosure on the BI:

a
6a BI gross of excluded divested activities 82 218
6b Reduction in BI due to excluded divested activities
EU 6c Impact in BI of mergers/acquisitions 1 969

Net interest income is the main component/driver of operational risk REA calculation.

Template EU OR3 - Operational risk own funds requirements and risk exposure amounts, CRR Article 446(1) (b)

31 December 2025
SEKm a
1 Business Indicator Component (BIC) 82 218
EU 1 Alternative Standardised Approach (ASA) Own Funds Requirements (OROF) under Article 314(4) 0
2 Not applicable
3 Minimum Required Operational Risk Own Funds Requirements (OROF) 12 008
4 Operational Risk Exposure Amounts (REA) 150 104

Operational risk REA increased by SEK 38.1bn to SEK 150.1bn as compared to Q4 2024 SEK 112.0bn. REA increased by SEK 23.8bn, due to CRR3, which is valid from January 1, 2025. REA for December 2024 was calculated according to new method to SEK 135.9bn. REA calculated under CRR3 increased by SEK 14.3bn mainly due to increased 3-year average interest income and Entercard acquisition.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 18 - Disclosure of interest rate risk of non-trading book activities

Table EU IRRBBA - Qualitative information on interest rate risks of non-trading book activities, CRR Article 448(1) (c-g)

Row number Qualitative information on interest rate risks of non-trading book activities Legal basis
(a) A description of how the institution defines IRRBB for purposes of risk control and measurement In Swedbank, the interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is defined as the risk to economic value, earnings and capital arising from adverse movements in interest rates that affect the bank's banking book positions. Article 448(1), point (e)
(b) A description of the institution's overall IRRBB management and mitigation strategies When it comes to the management of the IRRBB, different management layers and independent committees are established to monitor and control the IRRBB with the ultimate responsibility residing with the Board. A three lines of defence model with different authorities and responsibilities is adopted to manage the risk, subject to a well-defined structure of risk appetite and limits. The risk appetite and limits are reviewed at least on an annual basis while ad hoc updates are made when deemed necessary.
The interest rate risk in the banking book is transferred, via the Funds Transfer Pricing mechanism, from business units to Group Treasury where it is centrally managed. Interest rate swaps are the main hedging instruments used to mitigate the interest rate risk, while future and forward contracts may also be considered. Risk identification, measurement, monitoring, and control are always performed from both economic value and earnings perspectives. Stress testing, including reverse stress testing, is periodically performed to explore possible adverse impacts on the bank's economic value and earnings and to identify potential vulnerabilities. Article 448(1), point (f)
(c) The periodicity of the calculation of the institution's IRRBB measures, and a description of the specific measures that the institution uses to gauge its sensitivity to IRRBB Swedbank applies a set of value and earnings based measures in order to assess the institution's IRRBB as a result of changes in one or more interest rate risk factors. The measures are set in a consistent manner covering the banking book as a whole as well as all main business areas, currencies and portfolios, supported by a comprehensive limit framework. The value-based measures are estimated with a daily frequency, while earnings based measures are estimated monthly. Article 448(1), points (e) (i) and (v); Article 448(2)
(d) A description of the interest rate shock and stress scenarios that the institution uses to estimate changes in the economic value and in net interest income (if applicable) Measures used for interest rate sensitivities may include one basis point shifts along various parts of the curve to capture convexity effects, and also 100 basis point parallel shift which attempts to capture general interest-rate risk. In addition, Swedbank applies a comprehensive stress testing framework, consisting of historical and standardised stress test scenarios, and reverse stress testing, to assess resiliency of the Bank under severe developments in market risk factors. Regulatory stress testing, including Supervisory Outlier Tests, are an integral part of the stress testing framework. Article 448(1), point (e) (iii); Article 448(2)
(e) A description of the key modelling and parametric assumptions different from those used for disclosure of template EU IRRBB1 (if applicable) Please see point g) for the key assumptions used for measures disclosed in EU IRRBB1. Article 448(1), point (e) (ii); Article 448(2)
(f) A high-level description of how the bank hedges its IRRBB, as well as the associated accounting treatment (if applicable) To formulate its hedging strategy Swedbank considers its current interest rate risk profile, from both economic value and earnings perspectives, the anticipated balance sheet developments, and their impact on interest rate risk metrics along with the economic and market developments. Swedbank also balances the potential impacts of the hedging on the risk metrics along with the execution costs and the potential income implications. Interest rate swaps (IRS) are primarily employed for mitigating interest rate risk arising from funding instruments but also for mitigating interest rate risk arising from a portfolio of fixed rate mortgage lending and the modelled non-maturity deposits.
To mitigate profit or loss volatility arising from fair value changes in derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk in the banking book, Swedbank has elected to apply hedge accounting. For fair value hedges of interest rate risk related to portfolios of financial assets (e.g. fixed rate mortgages) and liabilities (e.g. non-maturing deposits), Swedbank follows the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39. For fair value hedges of interest rate risk associated to financial instruments held at amortized cost (e.g. issued debt) Swedbank follows the IFRS9 requirements.
The IRS currencies depend on the currency of the hedged exposure and the market conditions. The IRS used for interest rate risk hedging, except for basis swaps, are cleared through CCPs and in this way the counterparty credit risk is eliminated. Article 448(1), point (e) (iv); Article 448(2)

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


91

| (g) | A description of key modelling and parametric assumptions used for the IRRBB measures in template EU IRRBB1 (if applicable) | Changes in the Net Interest Income reflect the sensitivity of the net interest income following a sudden shift in interest rates over a 12-months horizon. The estimation is made under the assumption of a constant balance sheet. The model uses forward rates, the modelling of non-maturing deposits as well as instrument-specific behavioural assumptions on loans and deposits. Aside from the modelling of non-maturing deposits, one of the most material assumptions is floor assumptions on loans and deposits, as these constitute the largest parts of the bank's balance sheet.
Changes in the Economic Value of Equity reflect the sensitivity of the net present value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items, considering their contractual and behavioural parameters i.e., the theoretical value of all expected cash flows under a run-off scenario. Changes in the Economic Value of Equity arise from movements in market risk factors that affect the net present value of the expected cash flows through revaluation.
Weighting for positive outcomes is applied on a currency level in line with EBA/RTS/2022/10. | Article 448(1), point (c); Article 448(2) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| (h) | Explanation of the significance of the IRRBB measures and of their significant variations since previous disclosures | Swedbank applies a set of value and earnings based measures that are analysed daily in order to assess significance of IRRBB. Generally the risk exposure remains stable, including for the measures reported in template EU IRRBB1. | Article 448(1), point (d) |
| (i) | Any other relevant information regarding the IRRBB measures disclosed in template EU IRRBB1 (optional) | N/A | |
| (1) (2) | Disclosure of the average and longest repricing maturity assigned to non-maturity deposits | For the modelled non-maturity deposits the average repricing term assigned to the core part is 2.8 years while the average and longest repricing term including all non-maturity deposits is 1.1 and 15 years, respectively. | Article 448(1), point (g) |

Template EU IRRBB1 - Interest rate risks of non-trading book activities, CRR Article 448(1) (a-b)

31 December 2025 a b c d
Supervisory shock scenarios Changes of the economic value of equity Changes of the net interest income
SEKm Current period Last period Current period Last period
1 Parallel up 2 996 2 704 1 707 685
2 Parallel down -6 618 -3 901 -12 466 -11 607
3 Steepener 2 882 2 149
4 Flattener -3 873 -2 600
5 Short rates up -1 787 -928
6 Short rates down 657 421

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


92

Section 19 - Disclosure of remuneration policy

Swedbank Disclosure of remuneration policy is published in a separate report.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 20 - Disclosure of encumbered and unencumbered assets

Template EU AE1 - Encumbered and unencumbered assets, CRR Article 443

31 December 2025 Carrying amount of encumbered assets Fair value of encumbered assets Carrying amount of unencumbered assets Fair value of unencumbered assets
of which notionally eligible EHQLA and HQLA of which notionally eligible EHQLA and HQLA of which EHQLA and HQLA of which EHQLA and HQLA
SEKm 010 030 040 050 060 080 090 100
010 Assets of the disclosing institution 453 791 37 843 2 234 684 540 940
030 Equity instruments 18 038 18 038
040 Debt securities 37 843 37 843 38 057 38 057 210 820 201 954 211 363 202 467
050 of which: covered bonds 10 215 10 215 10 309 10 309 33 007 32 987 33 298 33 278
060 of which: securitisations
070 of which: issued by general governments 25 199 25 199 25 367 25 367 45 325 44 612 45 477 44 762
080 of which: issued by financial corporations 10 968 10 215 11 062 10 309 42 509 37 773 42 871 38 097
090 of which: issued by non-financial corporations 3 601 279 3 613 282
120 Other assets 415 948 1 996 256 321 079

Template EU AE2 - Collateral received and own debt securities issued, CRR Article 443

31 December 2025 Fair value of encumbered collateral received or own debt securities issued Unencumbered Fair value of collateral received or own debt securities issued available for encumbrance
of which notionally eligible EHQLA and HQLA
010 030
130 Collateral received by the disclosing institution 19 435
140 Loans on demand
150 Equity instruments
160 Debt securities 19 435
170 of which: covered bonds 10 567
180 of which: securitisations
190 of which: issued by general governments 7 540
200 of which: issued by financial corporations 10 567
210 of which: issued by non-financial corporations
220 Loans and advances other than loans on demand
230 Other collateral received
240 Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or asset-backed securities
241 Own covered bonds and securitisations issued and not yet pledged
250 TOTAL COLLATERAL RECEIVED AND OWN DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED 473 226

Template EU AE3 - Sources of encumbrance, CRR Article 443

31 December 2025
Matching liabilities, contingent liabilities or securities lent Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued other than covered bonds and ABSs encumbered
SEKm 010 030
010 Carrying amount of selected financial liabilities 444 500 446 543

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


94

Table EU AE4 – Accompanying narrative information, CRR Article 443

Row number Accompanying narrative information
(a) General narrative information on asset encumbrance
A large share of Swedbank's assets is unencumbered, as can be seen in template EU AE1. These assets provide flexibility and can be used if need would arise.
(b) Impact of the business model on assets encumbrance
The main source of asset encumbrance is mortgages, which become encumbered when they are used as collateral when issuing covered bonds. Apart from these loans, assets are also encumbered as a natural consequence of derivative and repo transactions, with most of such encumbrance stemming from Swedbank AB. Unencumbered assets under “other assets” include assets not eligible for pledging in central banks such as intangible assets. See template EU AE1 illustrating Swedbank's current and potential level of asset encumbrance

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Section 21 - Disclosure of prudential disclosures on ESG risks

Table 1 - Qualitative information on Environmental risk, CRR Article 449a

Row number Qualitative information on Environmental risk
Business strategy and processes
(a) Institution's business strategy to integrate environmental factors and risks, taking into account the impact of environmental factors and risks on institution's business environment, business model, strategy and financial planning Sustainability, including the management of ESG risks, is an integrated part of Swedbank's long-term Strategic Direction as outlined by Swedbank's vision of "A financially sound and sustainable society". The vision subsequently cascades down into the strategy. The strategy is reviewed annually and assesses the external business environment, including for example customer demand and behaviour, the regulatory context, and macroeconomic trends, as well as internal factors such as existing and required capabilities. Business, transformation and financial planning are the business processes that defines ESG activities in the short- to mid-term, on Group-wide level, as well as in respective business areas and Group Functions.
(b) Objectives, targets and limits to assess and address environmental risk in short-, medium-, and long-term, and performance assessment against these objectives, targets and limits, including forward-looking information about the design of business strategy and processes Swedbank has adopted 2030 decarbonisation targets for the lending portfolio. The targets are in line with the global 1.5°C target and have been set for the following sectors: mortgages, commercial real estate, oil & gas, power generation, steel, and shipping. In addition, Swedbank is strengthening its internal framework to manage a larger share of financed emissions. Swedbank also aims to achieve net-zero emissions across its value chain by 2050. In addition, the bank has established specific environmental targets for its own operations, covering direct greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and energy consumption.
(c) Current investment activities and (future) investment targets towards environmental objectives and EU Taxonomy-aligned activities Swedbank finances eligible green and social assets through its Green, Social, and Sustainability Bonds. These bonds are governed by the Sustainable Funding Framework. The impact of these investments is reported annually in the Sustainable Bond Impact Report. Currently, no separate investment targets are established specifically linked to EU Taxonomy alignment.
(d) Policies and procedures relating to direct and indirect engagement with new or existing counterparties on their strategies to mitigate and reduce environmental risks The Position statement on climate change and nature restricts or sets out conditions for the engagement with companies with carbon-intensive activities and specifies that the bank shall advocate that its counterparties adopt a climate strategy and climate goals aligned with the Paris Agreement. To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced customer transition plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool identifies material environmental, social and governance factors in line with internationally recognised sustainability standards and produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high). The customer transition plan is mandatory for large corporate customers in scope of the bank's climate targets and evaluates governance, decarbonisation targets, implementation measures and disclosure practices. The results provide insights into the counterparty's adaptability, resilience and progress in transitioning to a sustainable economy, which are used for broader customer engagement and the bank's sustainability strategy.
Governance
(e) Responsibilities of the management body for setting the risk framework, supervising and managing the implementation of the objectives, strategy and policies in the context of environmental risk management covering relevant transmission channels Swedbank applies the ESG risk definition set out in the CRR, which is embedded in the risk management framework and reflected in governance arrangements under the three lines of defence. Remuneration and Sustainability Committee The Board of Directors' Remuneration and Sustainability Committee monitor and evaluates the Group's sustainability work and verifies that remuneration system in the bank generally conforms to effective risk management. Swedbank Sustainability Committee The Group Executive Sustainability Committee is tasked with ensuring effective management and governance of the sustainability perspective within the group. The CFO is the chair and decision-maker in the committee. Depending on the nature of the matter, the committee may provide recommendations before decisions are referred to an appropriate body or executive, such as the CEO. This committee, along with several subcommittees, aims to ensure that sustainability is more effectively integrated into Swedbank's core operations and governance processes. ESG risks are reported to the Board on a quarterly basis by the CRO.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


96

| (f) | Management body's integration of short-, medium- and long-term effects of environmental factors and risks, organisational structure both within business lines and internal control functions | Climate and environmental risks have distinctive characteristics demanding special considerations, including a potentially large impact, an uncertain and longer-term time horizon during which they could materialise, and the dependency on short-term action. Thus, despite some risks being more likely to materialise in the medium and long term, they require risk management today.

Swedbank applies the ESG risk definition set out in the CRR, which is embedded in the risk management framework and reflected in governance arrangements under the three lines of defence.

Business, transformation and financial planning are the business processes that defines ESG activities in the short- to mid-term, on Group-wide level, as well as in respective business areas and Group Functions.

The Group Sustainability function supports ESG planning across the bank, which supports the bank's transformation journey and ensures cross-group coordination.

The Group Executive Sustainability Committee is tasked with ensuring effective management and governance of the sustainability perspective within the group.

In each Baltic country, local Sustainability Committees are established to manage sustainability-related matters. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| (g) | Integration of measures to manage environmental factors and risks in internal governance arrangements, including the role of committees, the allocation of tasks and responsibilities, and the feedback loop from risk management to the management body covering relevant transmission channels | Swedbank applies the ESG risk definition set out in the CRR, which is embedded in the risk management framework and reflected in governance arrangements under the three lines of defence.

To drive and coordinate specific group-wide efforts in the overall sustainability area, the Group Sustainability function is, inter alia responsible for:
- Swedbank Sustainable Funding Framework (together with Group Treasury).
- Sustainability-related policies and position statements.
- A transformation plan centred on operationalising the sustainability aspects of the Strategic Direction and on stronger sustainability management.

Remuneration and Sustainability Committee
The Board of Directors' Remuneration and Sustainability Committee monitors and evaluates the Group's sustainability work and verifies that remuneration system in the bank generally conforms to effective risk management.

Swedbank Sustainability Committee
The Group Executive Sustainability Committee is tasked with ensuring effective management and governance of the sustainability perspective within the group. The CFO is the chair and decision-maker in the committee. Depending on the nature of the matter, the committee may provide recommendations before decisions are referred to an appropriate body or executive, such as the CEO. This committee, along with several subcommittees, aims to ensure that sustainability is more effectively integrated into Swedbank's core operations and governance processes.

ESG risks are reported to the Board on a quarterly basis by the CRO.

ESG risk is a driver of other risk types in Swedbank's Risk Taxonomy. It can materialise through one or several transmission channels, including the financial position of counterparties, real estate values, household wealth, operational failures, and employee or customer dissatisfaction. |
| (h) | Lines of reporting and frequency of reporting relating to environmental risk | ESG risks are reported to the Board on a quarterly basis by the CRO. |
| (i) | Alignment of the remuneration policy with institution's environmental risk-related objectives | Sustainability risks are integrated in Swedbank's remuneration practices through requirements to act in accordance with Swedbank's values, as well as the application of deferral periods and variable remuneration in instruments. Sustainability KPIs at CEO and Group Executive Committee level include environmental and social objectives, and progress is followed up by the Board of Directors. If performance targets are met but actions or decisions have led to increased environmental or social risks, reductions or cancellation of variable remuneration may be applied. |
| Risk management | | |
| (j) | Integration of short-, medium- and long-term effects of environmental factors and risks in the risk framework | Although all ESG factors may in principle drive risks, the emphasis is currently on environmental factors and especially on climate change. Climate and environmental risks have distinctive characteristics demanding special considerations, including a potentially large impact, an uncertain and longer-term time horizon during which they could materialise, and the dependency on short-term action. Thus, despite some risks being more likely to materialise in the medium and long term, they require risk management today.

Swedbank has established methods to assess ESG risks through three key approaches: portfolio alignment, risk framework analysis, and exposure assessment. The risk framework method employs scenario analysis and stress testing to identify and manage potential risks. These methodologies are applied across short-, medium- and long-term horizons, supported by ongoing portfolio monitoring. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


97

| (k) | Definitions, methodologies and international standards on which the environmental risk management framework is based | Swedbank applies the ESG risk definition set out in the CRR, which is embedded in the risk management framework and reflected in governance arrangements under the three lines of defence.
Swedbank's sustainability steering framework consists of policies, instructions and directives that are based on the ten principles of the UN Global Compact.
Swedbank has established methods to assess ESG risks through three key approaches: portfolio alignment, risk framework analysis, and exposure assessment. The portfolio alignment method measures financed emissions and sets climate targets. The risk framework method employs scenario analysis and stress testing to identify and manage potential risks. The exposure method uses an ESG analysis tool for evaluating corporate customers. Sector guidelines and position statements support the analysis. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| (l) | Processes to identify, measure and monitor activities and exposures (and collateral where applicable) sensitive to environmental risks, covering relevant transmission channels | Swedbank has established methods to assess ESG risks through three key approaches: portfolio alignment, exposure assessment, and risk framework analysis.
Swedbank monitors lending exposures to portfolios with identified transition risk through limits, escalation triggers and key risk indicators. Scenario analysis is the main tool used to identify and assess materiality as part of Swedbank's double materiality assessment process, considering both financial and environmental impacts. |
| (m) | Activities, commitments and exposures contributing to mitigate environmental risks | Swedbank has adopted 2030 decarbonisation targets for the lending portfolio. The targets are in line with the global 1.5°C target and have been set for the following sectors: mortgages, commercial real estate, oil & gas, power generation, steel, and shipping. In addition, Swedbank is strengthening its internal framework to manage a larger share of financed emissions. Swedbank also aims to achieve net-zero emissions across its value chain by 2050.
Swedbank finances eligible green and social assets through its Green, Social, and Sustainability Bonds. These bonds are governed by the Sustainable Funding Framework. The impact of these investments is reported annually in the Sustainable Bond Impact Report. Currently, no separate investment targets are established specifically linked to EU Taxonomy alignment. Social risks are assessed in Swedbank's ESG materiality assessment and are currently considered to have a low impact on the bank's prudential risk profile. Nevertheless, social factors remain integrated into relevant business processes.
The Position statement on climate change and nature restricts or sets out conditions for the engagement with companies with carbon-intensive activities and specifies that the bank shall advocate that its counterparties adopt a climate strategy and climate goals aligned with the Paris Agreement. |
| (n) | Implementation of tools for identification, measurement and management of environmental risks | To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool identifies material environmental, social and governance factors in line with internationally recognised sustainability standards and produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high). The Customer Transition Plan is mandatory for large corporate customers in scope of the bank's climate targets and evaluates governance, decarbonisation targets, implementation measures and disclosure practices.
The Customer Transition Plan is mandatory for large corporate customers in scope of the bank's climate targets and evaluates governance, decarbonisation targets, implementation measures and disclosure practices. The results provide insights into the counterparty's adaptability, resilience and progress in transitioning to a sustainable economy, which are used for broader customer engagement and the bank's sustainability strategy.
Swedbank monitors lending exposures to portfolios with identified transition risk through limits, escalation triggers and key risk indicators. |
| (o) | Results and outcome of the risk tools implemented and the estimated impact of environmental risk on capital and liquidity risk profile | For ICAAP purpose Swedbank runs a range of stressed ESG scenarios in order to test the bank's resilience under different adverse conditions for instance economic downturn or higher interest rates but also delayed or disorderly transitions as an example. To be able to see how the bank's capital and funding position would hold through stressed ESG events and to test the ability to stay strong and meet regulatory expectations through tough environments.
Climate-related risks are considered in Swedbank's liquidity risk assessment but are currently assessed to have a minor impact. The main potential channel is reputational, where mismanagement of ESG issues could affect funding conditions, while the bank's strong liquidity buffer and diversified funding structure ensure resilience to severe stress events.
While the stress-testing methodology is established and applied for ICAAP and ILAAP purposes, the capital impact results from the ESG stress tests are currently undergoing internal validation and analysis. Swedbank will disclose the results once they are finalised and approved by the Management Body. |
| (p) | Data availability, quality and accuracy, and efforts to improve these aspects | Swedbank also monitors the availability and quality of environmental data used in its risk management processes. Data on environmental factors is sourced from both internal systems and external providers. The bank recognises data gaps and different quality across portfolios and ongoing initiatives aim to enhance data quality, as well as further structure data ownership across the bank. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


98

Table 2 – Qualitative information on Social risk, CRR Article 449a

Row number Qualitative information on Social risk
Business strategy and processes
(a) Adjustment of the institution's business strategy to integrate social factors and risks taking into account the impact of social risk on the institution's business environment, business model, strategy and financial planning Swedbank finances eligible green and social assets through its Green, Social, and Sustainability Bonds. These bonds are governed by the Sustainable Funding Framework. The impact of these investments is reported annually in the Sustainable Bond Impact Report. Currently, no separate investment targets are established specifically linked to EU Taxonomy alignment. Social risks are assessed in Swedbank's ESG materiality assessment and are currently considered to have a low impact on the bank's prudential risk profile. Nevertheless, social factors remain integrated into relevant business processes.
(b) Objectives, targets and limits to assess and address social risk in short-term, medium-term and long-term, and performance assessment against these objectives, targets and limits, including forward-looking information in the design of business strategy and processes Swedbank finances eligible green and social assets through its Green, Social, and Sustainability Bonds. These bonds are governed by the Sustainable Funding Framework. The impact of these investments is reported annually in the Sustainable Bond Impact Report. Currently, no separate investment targets are established specifically linked to EU Taxonomy alignment. Social risks are assessed in Swedbank's ESG materiality assessment and are currently considered to have a low impact on the bank's prudential risk profile. Nevertheless, social factors remain integrated into relevant business processes.
(c) Policies and procedures relating to direct and indirect engagement with new or existing counterparties on their strategies to mitigate and reduce socially harmful activities Swedbank's sustainability steering framework consists of policies, instructions and directives that are based on the ten principles of the UN Global Compact. Swedbank's policies include the Policy on Diversity and Inclusion and the Sustainability Policy.
To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment.
In the procurement process all suppliers must sign Swedbank's Supplier Code of Conduct and relevant suppliers undergo a Sustainability Assessment before entering a contract. All suppliers who do not accept Swedbank Supplier Code of Conduct are escalated to the Procurement Sustainability Committee.
Governance
(d) Responsibilities of the management body for setting the risk framework, supervising and managing the implementation of the objectives, strategy and policies in the context of social risk management covering counterparties' approaches to: Swedbank finances eligible green and social assets through its Green, Social, and Sustainability Bonds. These bonds are governed by the Sustainable Funding Framework. The impact of these investments is reported annually in the Sustainable Bond Impact Report. Currently, no separate investment targets are established specifically linked to EU Taxonomy alignment. Social risks are assessed in Swedbank's ESG materiality assessment and are currently considered to have a low impact on the bank's prudential risk profile. Nevertheless, social factors remain integrated into relevant business processes.
(i) Activities towards the community and society To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool identifies material environmental, social and governance factors in line with internationally recognised sustainability standards and produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high).
(ii) Employee relationships and labour standards

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


99

| (iii) (iv) | Customer protection and product responsibility
Human rights | The Group Executive Sustainability Committee is tasked with ensuring effective management and governance of the sustainability perspective within the group. The CFO is the chair and decision-maker in the committee.

In the procurement process all suppliers must sign Swedbank’s Supplier Code of Conduct and relevant suppliers undergo a Sustainability Assessment before entering a contract. All suppliers who do not accept Swedbank Supplier Code of Conduct are escalated to the Procurement Sustainability Committee.

Swedbank’s sustainability steering framework consists of policies, instructions and directives that are based on the ten principles of the UN Global Compact.

Swedbank’s policies include the Policy on Diversity and Inclusion and the Sustainability Policy. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| (e) | Integration of measures to manage social factors and risks in internal governance arrangements, including the role of committees, the allocation of tasks and responsibilities, and the feedback loop from risk management to the management body | The Board of Directors’ Remuneration and Sustainability Committee monitor and evaluates the Group’s sustainability work and verifies that remuneration system in the bank generally conforms to effective risk management.

The Group Executive Sustainability Committee is tasked with ensuring effective management and governance of the sustainability perspective within the group.

Swedbank applies the ESG risk definition set out in the CRR, which is embedded in the risk management framework and reflected in governance arrangements under the three lines of defence. |
| (f) | Lines of reporting and frequency of reporting relating to social risk | ESG risks are reported to the Board on a quarterly basis by the CRO. |
| (g) | Alignment of the remuneration policy in line with institution’s social risk-related objectives | Sustainability risks are integrated in Swedbank’s remuneration practices through requirements to act in accordance with Swedbank’s values, as well as the application of deferral periods and variable remuneration in instruments. Sustainability KPIs at CEO and Group Executive Committee level include environmental and social objectives, and progress is followed up by the Board of Directors. If performance targets are met but actions or decisions have led to increased environmental or social risks, reductions or cancellation of variable remuneration may be applied. |
| | Risk management | |
| (h) | Definitions, methodologies and international standards on which the social risk management framework is based | Swedbank applies the ESG risk definition set out in the CRR, which is embedded in the risk management framework and reflected in governance arrangements under the three lines of defence.

Swedbank’s sustainability steering framework consists of policies, instructions and directives that are based on the ten principles of the UN Global Compact.

To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool identifies material environmental, social and governance factors in line with internationally recognised sustainability standards and produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high).

Swedbank has established methods to assess ESG risks through three key approaches: portfolio alignment, risk framework analysis, and exposure assessment. The portfolio alignment method measures financed emissions and sets climate targets. The risk framework method employs scenario analysis and stress testing to identify and manage potential risks. The exposure method uses an ESG analysis tool for evaluating corporate customers. Sector guidelines and position statements support the analysis. |
| (i) | Processes to identify, measure and monitor activities and exposures (and collateral where applicable) sensitive to social risk, covering relevant transmission channels | Swedbank has established methods to assess ESG risks through three key approaches: portfolio alignment, exposure assessment, and risk framework analysis.

Swedbank monitors lending exposures to portfolios with identified transition risk through limits, escalation triggers and key risk indicators. Scenario analysis is the main tool used to identify and assess materiality as part of Swedbank’s double materiality assessment process, considering both financial and environmental impacts. |
| (j) | Activities, commitments and assets contributing to mitigate social risk | Swedbank has adopted 2030 decarbonisation targets for the lending portfolio. The targets are in line with the global 1.5°C target and have been set for the following sectors: mortgages, commercial real estate, oil & gas, power generation, steel, and shipping. In addition, Swedbank is strengthening its internal framework to manage a larger share of financed emissions. Swedbank also aims to achieve net-zero emissions across its value chain by 2050.

Swedbank uses proceeds from its Green, Social, and Sustainability Bonds (governed by the Sustainable Funding Framework) to finance projects like affordable housing, essential services, and SME financing. The impact of these investments is detailed annually in the Sustainable Bond Impact Report.

The Position statement on climate change and nature restricts or sets out conditions for the engagement with companies with carbon-intensive activities and specifies that the bank shall advocate that its counterparties adopt a climate strategy and climate goals aligned with the Paris Agreement. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


100

| (k) | Implementation of tools for identification and management of social risk | To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool assessment produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high). The Customer Transition Plan is mandatory for large corporate customers in scope of the bank's climate targets and evaluates governance, decarbonisation targets, implementation measures and disclosure practices. The Customer Transition Plan is mandatory for large corporate customers in scope of the bank's climate targets and evaluates governance, decarbonisation targets, implementation measures and disclosure practices. The results provide insights into the counterparty's adaptability, resilience and progress in transitioning to a sustainable economy, which are used for broader customer engagement and the bank's sustainability strategy.
Swedbank monitors lending exposures to portfolios with identified transition risk through limits, escalation triggers and key risk indicators. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| (l) | Description of setting limits to social risk and cases to trigger escalation and exclusion in the case of breaching these limits | Swedbank monitors lending exposures to portfolios with identified transition risk through limits, escalation triggers and key risk indicators. Scenario analysis is the main tool used to identify and assess materiality as part of Swedbank's double materiality assessment process, considering both financial and environmental impacts.
The Position statement on climate change and nature restricts or sets out conditions for the engagement with companies with carbon-intensive activities and specifies that the bank shall advocate that its counterparties adopt a climate strategy and climate goals aligned with the Paris Agreement.
In the procurement process all suppliers must sign Swedbank's Supplier Code of Conduct and relevant suppliers undergo a Sustainability Assessment before entering a contract. All suppliers who do not accept Swedbank Supplier Code of Conduct are escalated to the Procurement Sustainability Committee.
Swedbank finances eligible green and social assets through its Green, Social, and Sustainability Bonds. These bonds are governed by the Sustainable Funding Framework. The impact of these investments is reported annually in the Sustainable Bond Impact Report. Currently, no separate investment targets are established specifically linked to EU Taxonomy alignment. Social risks are assessed in Swedbank's ESG materiality assessment and are currently considered to have a low impact on the bank's prudential risk profile. Nevertheless, social factors remain integrated into relevant business processes. |
| (m) | Description of the link (transmission channels) between social risks with credit risk, liquidity and funding risk, market risk, operational risk and reputational risk in the risk management framework | ESG factors are relevant for most risk types, and in particular for credit risk and operational risk.
ESG risk is a driver of other risk types in Swedbank's Risk Taxonomy. It can materialise through one or several transmission channels, including the financial position of counterparties, real estate values, household wealth, operational failures, and employee or customer dissatisfaction.
Climate-related risks are considered in Swedbank's liquidity risk assessment.
The main potential channel is reputational, where mismanagement of ESG issues could affect funding conditions. |

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


101

Table 3 – Qualitative information on Governance risk, CRR Article 449a

Row number Qualitative information on Social risk
Governance
(a) Institution’s integration in their governance arrangements of the governance performance of the counterparty, including committees of the highest governance body, committees responsible for decision-making on economic, environmental, and social topics To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool assessment produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high).
Swedbank applies the ESG risk definition set out in the CRR, which is embedded in the risk management framework and reflected in governance arrangements under the three lines of defence.
The Group Executive Sustainability Committee is tasked with ensuring effective management and governance of the sustainability perspective within the group. The CFO is the chair and decision-maker in the committee.
(b) Institution’s accounting of the counterparty’s highest governance body’s role in non-financial reporting This aspect has been assessed as non-material from prudential perspective. However, ESG Analysis Tool assesses the scope and depth of a counterparty’s non-financial reporting, but does not evaluate the role of the counterparty’s highest governance body in this reporting.
(c) Institution’s integration in governance arrangements of the governance performance of their counterparties including:
(i) Ethical considerations To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool identifies material environmental, social and governance factors in line with internationally recognised sustainability standards and produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high).
(ii) Strategy and risk management
(iii) Inclusiveness
(iv) Transparency
(v) Management of conflict of interest
(vi) Internal communication on critical concerns
Risk management
(d) Institution’s integration in risk management arrangements the governance performance of their counterparties considering:
(i) Ethical considerations To support ESG risk assessment and strategic client engagement, Swedbank applies an ESG Analysis tool and an enhanced Customer Transition Plan assessment. The ESG Analysis tool identifies material environmental, social and governance factors in line with internationally recognised sustainability standards and produces a score reflecting the ESG exposure for both industry and customer levels (low/medium/high).
(ii) Strategy and risk management
(iii) Inclusiveness
(iv) Transparency
(v) Management of conflict of interest
(vi) Internal communication on critical concerns

General note

In accordance with the draft EBA Implementing Technical Standards (ITS), ESG Templates 6–10 have been excluded from this annual report, as the draft standards suspend the disclosure of Green Asset Ratio (GAR) and EU Taxonomy-related information until the end of 2026.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template 1: Banking book- Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Credit quality of exposures by sector, emissions and residual maturity, CRR Article 449

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Gross carrying amount (SEKm) Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions (SEKm) GHG financed emissions (scope 1, scope 2 and scope 3 emissions of the counterparty) (in tons of CO2 equivalent) GHG emissions (column i): gross carrying amount percentage of the portfolio derived from company-specific reporting <=5 years >5 year <=10 years >10 year <=20 years >20 years Average weighted maturity
Sector/subsector Of which exposures towards companies excluded from EU Paris-aligned Benchmarks in accordance with Article 12(1) points (d) to (g) and Article 12(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/1818 Of which environmentally sustainable (CCM) Of which stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures Of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures Of which Scope 3 financed emissions
1 Exposures towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change 580 998 9 199 4 249 54 530 4 778 -2 851 -1 069 -1 273 8 984 123 6 150 908 9.12% 411 595 28 950 30 559 109 852 6
2 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 16 306 13 2 795 30 -141 -76 -6 611 258 152 235 1.24% 13 514 1 665 175 953 1
3 B - Mining and quarrying 1 566 116 25 88 -60 0 -58 77 911 46 835 68.99% 1 477 87 0 2 2
4 B.05 - Mining of coal and lignite 0 0
5 B.06 - Extraction of crude petroleum and natural gas 0 0
6 B.07 - Mining of metal ores 1 022 1 -1 0 46 701 28 335 94.43% 1 021 0 1 2
7 B.08 - Other mining and quarrying 337 24 0 -1 0 21 545 8 919 0.03% 248 87 0 1 2
8 B.09 - Mining support service activities 207 116 0 88 -58 0 -58 9 665 9 582 55.52% 207 0 0
9 C - Manufacturing 39 714 611 308 6 621 1 154 -879 -259 -538 2 479 632 2 091 017 32.04% 37 084 2 149 192 288 0
10 C.10 - Manufacture of food products 5 570 0 1 372 105 -94 -26 -51 456 219 399 873 53.65% 5 315 272 4 10 1
11 C.11 - Manufacture of beverages 156 28 4 -2 -1 -1 8 347 6 477 135 21 0 1
12 C.12 - Manufacture of tobacco products 19 0 895 685 19 3
13 C.13 - Manufacture of textiles 132 0 33 0 0 0 3 469 2 771 0.01% 118 12 0 1 1
14 C.14 - Manufacture of wearing apparel 230 55 121 -10 0 -9 3 107 2 216 230 0 1
15 C.15 - Manufacture of leather and related products 70 64 -2 -2 1 435 1 170 70 0 2
16 C.16 - Manufacture of wood and of products of wood and cork, except furniture; manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials 4 891 1 1 525 44 -101 -80 -11 141 925 103 953 8.89% 4 763 156 8 1 2
17 C.17 - Manufacture of pulp, paper and paperboard 1 261 3 339 0 -40 -38 0 63 724 48 344 33.83% 720 494 38 9 3
18 C.18 - Printing and service activities related to printing 445 64 2 -2 0 0 11 590 8 181 0.03% 426 19 0 1
19 C.19 - Manufacture of coke oven products 612 611 0 -1 0 671 356 645 571 98.34% 612 1
20 C.20 - Production of chemicals 1 346 0 61 -2 -1 233 584 150 329 52.24% 1 339 6 1 1

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


103

21 C.21 - Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations 163 4 -1 0 4 282 3 009 1.92% 163 0 1
22 C.22 - Manufacture of rubber products 3 222 234 2 -12 -2 0 283 456 264 071 38.00% 3 142 75 4 1
23 C.23 - Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products 505 46 9 -4 -1 -2 36 777 15 851 5.62% 477 28 1
24 C.24 - Manufacture of basic metals 1 015 30 217 -24 -20 55 054 25 778 43.91% 787 31 1
25 C.25 - Manufacture of fabricated metal products, except machinery and equipment 3 710 2 811 37 -59 -29 -22 135 150 119 119 11.52% 2 997 550 97
26 C.26 - Manufacture of computer, electronic and optical products 1 971 2 67 24 -14 -8 -4 66 315 48 858 6.42% 1 764 206
27 C.27 - Manufacture of electrical equipment 1 538 1 153 787 -454 -20 -432 57 633 44 935 0.67% 1 491 6
28 C.28 - Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c. 1 734 110 275 3 -12 -9 -1 41 062 34 778 2.58% 1 626 104 1
29 C.29 - Manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers 548 18 9 -4 0 -3 41 134 39 571 10.28% 422 60 30
30 C.30 - Manufacture of other transport equipment 1 078 145 244 0 -3 -3 0 16 501 12 311 5.96% 1 099 2
31 C.31 - Manufacture of furniture 2 612 3 750 6 -19 -9 -1 50 760 38 194 42.46% 2 552 57 1
32 C.32 - Other manufacturing 5 998 7 12 -7 0 80 009 64 349 65.67% 5 988 7 3
33 C.33 - Repair and installation of machinery and equipment 888 2 248 1 -13 -10 0 15 849 10 620 10.09% 830 42 7
34 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 25 902 8 292 2 023 2 016 15 -111 -79 -5 1 327 508 834 708 55.96% 18 084 6 981 786
35 D35.1 - Electric power generation, transmission and distribution 21 479 7 246 2 010 2 001 13 -104 -79 -4 771 942 363 622 53.56% 14 505 6 153 772
36 D35.11 - Production of electricity 18 491 7 246 2 010 1 942 13 -101 -78 -4 607 035 296 398 53.37% 11 608 6 152 732
37 D35.2 - Manufacture of gas; distribution of gaseous fuels through mains 2 054 1 046 0 -2 0 468 807 442 134 62.98% 1 495 559
38 D35.3 - Steam and air conditioning supply 2 369 13 15 2 -5 0 -1 86 759 28 952 71.67% 2 084 269 14
39 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 3 475 712 12 -61 -52 -2 91 995 68 787 30.67% 3 056 325 47
40 F - Construction 19 137 140 3 959 148 -203 -133 -35 345 980 258 511 11.80% 16 161 2 454 134
41 F.41 - Construction of buildings 7 205 26 1 097 29 -62 -38 -6 77 581 58 919 8.18% 6 677 274 51
42 F.42 - Civil engineering 3 439 102 666 26 -54 -38 -8 65 422 49 929 18.08% 2 767 651 3
43 F.43 - Specialised construction activities 8 493 11 2 196 94 -87 -56 -21 202 977 149 663 12.33% 6 717 1 529 80
44 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 43 799 180 5 5 427 966 -465 -79 -334 3 027 672 2 389 501 37.90% 42 267 1 161 109
45 H - Transportation and storage 15 534 64 3 244 51 -139 -113 -9 560 841 228 928 28.22% 12 973 1 758 343
46 H.49 - Land transport and transport via pipelines 7 586 1 788 46 -103 -86 -8 235 459 93 561 25.11% 5 599 1 181 329
47 H.50 - Water transport 4 243 63 1 171 2 -25 -21 -1 222 579 63 554 54.55% 4 152 105 2
48 H.51 - Air transport 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 55 17 0.86% 2 1
49 H.52 - Warehousing and support activities for transportation 3 613 0 270 1 -10 -6 0 101 506 71 749 4.54% 3 129 469 11
50 H.53 - Postal and courier activities 90 15 1 0 0 0 1 242 46 0.85% 91 2

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


51 I - Accommodation and food service activities 4 596 816 31 -24 -13 -6 35 408 27 301 0.21% 3 888 305 129 274 1
52 L - Real estate activities 410 970 1 698 28 914 2 282 -769 -265 -281 425 919 53 086 0.04% 263 092 12 065 28 643 107 170 9
53 Exposures towards sectors other than those that highly contribute to climate change 66 531 725 8 813 395 -613 -418 -52 59 361 4 279 475 1 721 1
54 K - Financial and insurance activities 13 033 1 335 3 -41 -20 -1 12 401 48 181 403 2
55 Exposures to other sectors (NACE codes J, M - U) 53 498 725 7 478 392 -572 -398 -51 46 960 4 232 294 1 318 1
56 TOTAL 647 529 9 199 4 974 63 343 5 173 -3 465 -1 487 -1 325 9 850 439 6 772 067 9.20% 470 956 33 229 31 034 111 573 6

In accordance with the Commission delegated regulation EU) 2020/1818 supplementing regulation (EU) 2016/1011 as regards minimum standards for EU Climate Transition Benchmarks and EU Paris-aligned Benchmarks -Climate Benchmark Standards Regulation - Recital 6: Sectors listed in Sections A to H and Section L of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006
Figures are rounded and the sum of exposures at NACE level 2 may not always add up to the corresponding exposure at NACE level 1.

This table shows exposures towards non-financial corporations in sectors that highly contribute to climate change and GHG financed emissions (scope 1, scope 2 and scope 3) in those sectors. The increase in financed emissions compared to Q2 2025 is largely a result of enhanced data collection and quality, including the replacement of calculated estimates with reported GHG emissions for a limited number of counterparties with proportionally high emissions, particularly within the retail, manufacturing, utilities and wholesale sectors. The observed increase therefore reflects methodological and data coverage enhancements rather than a material change in the underlying climate risk profile.

Exposures to companies excluded from Paris-aligned benchmarks

Gross carrying amounts in column (a) comprise all corporate customers whose primary business activity is associated the listed NACE codes. Given the limitations of available data on counterparty-level, reporting on column (b) is done on a best-efforts basis, based on primary business activity defined by the relevant NACE codes, complemented by internal data collection, as well as available third-party data.

The current quality of available data can cause under or over-reporting of exposures to counterparties that are excluded from Paris-aligned benchmarks. Data availability and accuracy are expected to improve over time throughout continuous investments in data infrastructure and methodologies.

Financed emissions

Financed emissions are emissions coming from a financed asset or customer operations multiplied by an attribution factor towards the bank. Financed emissions calculations for the Group's lending portfolio are generally aligned with the standards set by the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) with certain deviations and own methods applied for shipping vessels, agriculture industry and real estate in Sweden with available Energy Performance Certificates (EPC). Method applied to shipping vessels follows the vessel level annual data required by International Maritime Organization. Method applied for agriculture follows top-down estimates using the relevant country National Inventory Reports, market share and financing information. Method applied to real estate in Sweden with available EPCs follows the guidance developed by Swedish Bankers Association. While the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions data are primarily estimated based on region-specific and industry-level proxy information provided through PCAF, customer reported GHG emissions data is used as well. The customer's reported figures, both financial and related to GHG emissions, are based on the latest available full-year data. All Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 GHG emissions for all Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) sectors are estimated, except for Commercial Real Estate (CRE) and Motor Vehicle methods, where PCAF does not provide scope 3 estimates for them. Small CRE portfolio without CRE as collateral or other rules not following CRE method specification follows the Business Loan method described by PCAF. For column k the calculations are based on availability of customer data for any of the scopes.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


105

This template covers only loans and financed emissions related to non-financial corporates as defined in FINREP. The calculations are based on gross carrying amount volume in the attribution factor rather than on- and off-balance exposure. Therefore, total financed emissions disclosed in this template will deviate from financed emissions shown in other reporting published by the Group. Going forward, the aim is to continue improving the data quality. Sector split is based on NACE codes and subject to further harmonisation with other financial reporting.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template 2: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Loans collateralised by immovable property - Energy efficiency of the collateral, CRR Article 449a

31 December 2025 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
Gross carrying amount (SEKm)
Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) Level of energy efficiency (EPC label of collateral) Without EPC label of collateral
Counterparty sector 0; <= 100 >100; <= 200 >200; <= 300 >300; <= 400 >400; <= 500 >500 A B C D E F G Of which level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated
1 Total EU area 1 287 055 146 378 961 567 130 543 29 097 2 161 17 309 45 409 67 514 106 122 143 279 163 856 79 686 37 966 643 223 100%
2 Of which Loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 225 000 41 551 84 742 68 573 12 355 1 692 16 086 17 216 19 928 23 187 28 042 29 136 13 837 8 350 85 305 100%
3 Of which Loans collateralised by residential immovable property 1 062 048 104 827 876 825 61 962 16 742 469 1 223 28 193 47 587 82 935 115 237 134 719 65 849 29 616 557 911 100%
4 Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties 7 7 7 100%
5 Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated¹ 643 216 34 182 559 199 26 899 5 555 289 17 092 643 216 100%
6 Total non-EU area 21 433 119 21 242 38 31 0 4 56 42 35 37 32 20 25 21 186 100%
7 Of which Loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 20 553 20 553 20 553 100%
8 Of which Loans collateralised by residential immovable property 881 119 689 38 31 0 4 56 42 35 37 32 20 25 633 100%
9 Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties
10 Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated 21 186 28 21 135 16 5 4 21 186 100%

1) The shift in energy efficiency categories compared to the last reporting period is attributed to aligning with PCAF standards, which now include occupants' energy consumption for Swedish properties. Additionally, there has been clarification regarding the rules on energy consumption for Tenant Owner Associations and Tenant Owner Rights.
2) Figures are rounded which may cause sums to not add up where they otherwise should.

In Sweden, the energy efficiency of a real estate collateral is determined by referencing EPCs whenever they are available. Otherwise, the energy efficiency is estimated using the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) European building emission factor database. In the Baltic countries, energy performance estimates from PCAF database are used also in cases where EPCs exists. If a collateral lacks an EPC label and its energy efficiency cannot be estimated, a conservative approach is taken, assigning the loan to the category representing energy performance exceeding $500\mathrm{kWh} / \mathrm{m}^2$ . When multiple collaterals are associated with a loan, allocation to energy efficiency categories is done on a pro rata basis.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template 3: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Alignment metrics, CRR Article 449a

a b c d e f g
Sector NACE Sectors (a minima) Please refer to the list below Portfolio gross carrying amount (SEKm) Alignment metric1 Year of reference Distance to IEA NZE2050 in %2 Target (year of reference + 3 years)
1 Power 2712, 3314, 3511, 3512, 3513, 3514, 3530, 4321 22 205 t CO2/MWh 2024 -57
2 Fossil fuel combustion 0610, 0620, 0910, 1920, 2014, 3521, 3522, 3523, 4612, 4671 2 135
3 Automotive 2815, 2910, 2920, 2931, 2932 531
4 Aviation 3030, 3316, 5110, 5121, 5223, 7735 569
5 Maritime transport 3011, 3012, 3315, 5010, 5020, 5030, 5040, 5222, 5224, 5229 3 597
6 Cement, clinker and lime production 0811, 2351, 2352, 2361, 2362, 2363, 2364, 2365, 2369 344
7 Iron and steel, coke, and metal ore production 0510, 0520, 0729, 2410, 2420, 2431, 2432, 2433, 2434, 2442, 2444, 2445, 2451, 2452, 2511, 4672 2 952 t CO2/t 2024 -16
8 Chemicals 2012, 2013, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2020, 2030, 2041, 2042, 2051, 2052, 2053, 2059, 2060, 2110, 2120, 2211, 2219, 2221, 2222, 2223, 2229 3 745

1) Metrics defined by the IEA scenario
2) Point in Time (PIT) distance to 2030 NZE2050 scenario in % (for each metric)

Swedbank Group has committed to becoming a net-zero bank by 2050 by the latest and align our lending portfolio with the $1.5^{\circ}\mathrm{C}$ scenario.

Disclosures of alignment metrics included in this template relate to the sectors covered by Swedbank's climate targets and that can be directly compared against metrics in the IEA NZE2050 scenario, covering power generation and steel sectors. Remaining sectors have been excluded due to limited exposure or lack of relevant metric to compare against in the IEA NZE2050 scenario.

Swedbank's climate targets on the corporate lending portfolio include:

Power generation: Swedbank has set a climate target to reduce financed emission intensity by 59 per cent 2030 (compared to baseline 2019). The target covers producers of electricity and/or heat and counterparty's scope 1 emissions. The target has been set based on committed exposure (as opposite to gross carrying amount). The 2030 target level is based upon One Earth Climate Model (OECM). A 65 per cent reduction was achieved between 2019-2024 (Swedbank Annual and Sustainability Report 2025). The renewable part of the portfolio has continued to grow, which has contributed to the reduction in financed emissions. In the Baltic countries, several customers have also transitioned to a larger share of renewable energy production, which has also had a positive effect. Note that the emission intensity of the portfolio $(0,06\mathrm{tCO}_2 / \mathrm{MWh})$ includes electricity and heat production and is compared against emission intensity of electricity $(0,138\mathrm{tCO}_2 / \mathrm{MWh}$ by 2030) according to the IEA NZE2050 scenario.

Steel: Swedbank has set a climate target to reduce financed emissions intensity (t $\mathrm{CO}_{2}\mathrm{e} / \mathrm{t}$ ) by 29 per cent 2030 (compared to baseline 2019). The target covers producers of steel and counterparty's scope 1 and 2 emissions. The target has been set based on committed exposure (as opposed to gross carrying amount). The 2030 target level is based upon a combination of One Earth Climate Model (OECM) and International Energy Agency (IEA) Net-Zero 2050 pathway. The calculation shows that the emissions intensity in the steel portfolio has decreased since

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


2019, due to both increased exposure to companies with lower emissions intensity and actual emissions reductions by several customers. As the portfolio includes a limited number of clients, changes in exposure to individual customers can significantly impact results (Swedbank Annual and Sustainability Report 2025).

Fossil fuel combustion: Swedbank has set a climate target to reduce absolute financed emissions (Mt CO_{2}/y) by 50 per cent 2030 (compared to baseline 2019). The target covers counterparties involved in exploration, production and refining of oil and gas and counterparty's scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. The target has been set based on committed exposure (as opposite to gross carrying amount) and the 2030 target level is based upon One Earth Climate Model (OECM). A 52 per cent reduction was achieved between 2019–2024, meaning the 2030 target has already been met (Swedbank Annual and Sustainability Report 2025). Swedbank has significantly reduced its exposure to oil and gas extraction, with remaining exposure concentrated in a few refineries. Alignment metric and distance to IEA NZE2050 were excluded as no direct comparable metric against IEA NZE2050 scenario could be found. Swedbank's reduction of 52 per cent between 2019–2024 can be compared against IEA's reduction of absolute CO_{2} emissions 2019-2030 by 29 per cent, referring to NZE 2050 scenario for combustion activities (oil & natural gas).

Maritime transport: Swedbank has set a climate target to reach 0 per cent alignment delta against Poseidon Principles' striving trajectory by 2030. The target covers ship collateral >5 000 gross tonnage. The alignment delta has improved from 39.5 per cent (2022 baseline) to 12.6 per cent (2024). The change is primarily due to an improved methodology developed under the Poseidon Principles and partially due to portfolio adjustments. The alignment metric and distance to IEA NZE2050 were excluded as no direct comparable metric against IEA NZE2050 scenario could be found (portfolio emissions data based on DWT meaning max theoretical capacity of the ship and not the weight of actual carried cargo as used in the IEA NZE2050 scenario).

Commercial Real Estate: Swedbank has set a climate target to reduce financed emissions intensity (kg CO_{2}e/m²) by 43 per cent 2030 (compared to baseline 2019). The target covers counterparty's scope 1 and 2 emissions, and the 2030 target level is based on the Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor's (CRREM) 1.5 °C-aligned pathways. A 24 per cent reduction was achieved between 2019–2025, primarily driven by decreased emissions intensity in the Swedish real estate portfolio (Swedbank Annual and Sustainability Report 2025). The alignment metric and distance to IEA NZE2050 were excluded as no direct comparable metric against IEA NZE2050 scenario could be found.


Template 4: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Exposures to top 20 carbon-intensive firms, CRR Article 449a

a b c d e
Gross carrying amount (aggregate) Gross carrying amount towards the counterparties compared to total gross carrying amount (aggregate)1 Of which environmentally sustainable (CCM) Weighted average maturity Number of top 20 polluting firms included

1) For counterparties among the top 20 carbon emitting companies in the world

As of Q4 2025, Swedbank had no exposures to the top 20 companies listed in the Carbon Disclosure Project's Carbon Majors Database.

Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Sweden, CRR Article 449a

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
31 December 2025 Gross carrying amount (SEKm)1
of which exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which exposures sensitive to impact from chronic climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact from acute climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact both from chronic and acute climate change events Of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
<= 5 years >5 year <= 10 years >10 year <= 20 years >20 years Average weighted maturity of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 7 336 7 1 11 55 23 1 72 0 0 0
2 B - Mining and quarrying 1 442 1 23 1 0
3 C - Manufacturing 25 884 47 35 3 3 5 34 54 29 1 -1 0 0
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 11 110 0 18 0 0
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 2 417 3 5 3 0
6 F - Construction 15 878 166 53 26 4 143 99 3 9 3 0 0 0
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 28 562 27 20 8 45 9 21 79 34 0 -1 -1 0
8 H - Transportation and storage 8 439 10 1 0 1 6 8 4 2 0 0
9 L - Real estate activities 375 281 3 556 351 752 3 255 13 4 171 3 722 22 927 19 -12 -8 0
10 Loans collateralised by residential immovable property 927 757 694 1 380 8 283 28 970 23 10 157 28 719 450 2 109 115 -29 -11 -16
11 Loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 170 749 3 062 381 198 1 463 10 3 106 1 995 3 749 8 -7 -5 0
12 Repossessed collaterals
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant)

1) Values reported in the column 'Gross carrying amount' on rows 1-9 comprise all types of loan exposures. The assessment of exposures subject to physical risk comprises only loan exposures collateralised by immovable property. The values are therefore not directly comparable.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Estonia, CRR Article 449a

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
31 December 2025 Gross carrying amount (SEKm)
of which exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which exposures sensitive to impact from chronic climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact from acute climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact both from chronic and acute climate change events Of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
<= 5 years >5 year <= 10 years >10 year <= 20 years >20 years Average weighted maturity of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 4 097
2 B - Mining and quarrying 66
3 C - Manufacturing 4 615
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 4 773
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 399
6 F - Construction 1 481
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 4 483
8 H - Transportation and storage 3 735
9 L - Real estate activities 18 061
10 Loans collateralised by residential immovable property 51 639 54 157 623 743 19 1 577 176 4
11 Loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 29 428
12 Repossessed collaterals
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant)

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Latvia, CRR Article 449a

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
31 December 2025 Gross carrying amount (SEKm)
of which exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which exposures sensitive to impact from chronic climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact from acute climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact both from chronic and acute climate change events Of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
<= 5 years >5 year <= 10 years >10 year <= 20 years >20 years Average weighted maturity of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 3 627
2 B - Mining and quarrying 44
3 C - Manufacturing 2 711
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 3 612
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 515
6 F - Construction 593
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 2 840
8 H - Transportation and storage 1 260
9 L - Real estate activities 5 699
10 Loans collateralised by residential immovable property 23 214 1 2 5 3 15 11 3
11 Loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 13 132
12 Repossessed collaterals
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant)

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Template 5: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk - Lithuania, CRR Article 449a

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
31 December 2025Lithuania Gross carrying amount (SEKm)
of which exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket of which exposures sensitive to impact from chronic climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact from acute climate change events of which exposures sensitive to impact both from chronic and acute climate change events Of which Stage 2 exposures Of which non-performing exposures Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
<= 5 years >5 year <= 10 years >10 year <= 20 years >20 years Average weighted maturity of which Stage 2 exposures of which non-performing exposures
1 A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing 1 246
2 B - Mining and quarrying 14
3 C - Manufacturing 6 504
4 D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 6 407
5 E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities 143
6 F - Construction 1 185
7 G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles 7 914
8 H - Transportation and storage 2 101
9 L - Real estate activities 11 929
10 Loans collateralised by residential immovable property 60 318 1 2 10 10 19 23 3
11 Loans collateralised by commercial immovable property 32 244
12 Repossessed collaterals 7
13 Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant)

The identification of properties more sensitive to impact from climate change physical risk events was carried out by evaluating the development of physical risk indicators under certain carbon-concentration pathways. The analysis was underpinned by dataset comprising a grid of $11 \times 11 \mathrm{~km}$ squares containing climate indicators across Sweden, provided by the Swedish Meteorological Hydrological Institute (SMHI).

The UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) presented four Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP) in 2014. The RCP scenarios describe the results of the emissions, the so-called radiation balance in the atmosphere, up to the year 2100. For the purposes of this table, the RCP 8.5 scenario with a time horizon up to 2040 was used. RCP 8.5 is a high-end scenario, where emissions continue to accelerate and where the temperature stabilises at just below $4^{\circ}\mathrm{C}$ .

Physical risks and their associated indicators were selected based on their potential impact on real estate and include rising temperatures, rising sea level, heatwave, drought, and flooding; caused by either increasing rain, heavy rain or flooding caused by more run-off.

The magnitude of change for each indicator in each grid square is divided across three groups. The first group corresponds to today's climate. Indicator outcomes within this group are not linked to climate change but are part of natural variation of today's climate. Group 2 represent outcomes that occur less frequently than every twenty years and up to every ten thousand years and rarely seen today. Practically it means events that today occur less frequently than every twenty years will be the new normal for this level of change. Group 3 represent outcomes that in principle have never been seen before by humanity in that area; values that today only can be seen less often than every ten thousand years. It means a completely new type of climate for the geographical area will be typical for the area.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report - Pillar 3 - Q4 2025


Figures reported as sensitive to physical risk are those exposures that are collateralised by immovable property located in areas that fall within either group 2 or group 3 for at least one of the seven risk indicators. Loan gross carrying amounts are being reported without adjustment, meaning that the figures shall not be interpreted as measurements of risk. They only indicate the amount of lending in areas sensitive to climate change physical risk under the specified scenario.

For Sweden, 4.2 per cent of loans collateralised by immovable properties face increased sensitivity to physical climate change risk in the scenario. 3.1 per cent were sensitive to acute physical risk. In the Baltic region, 1.2 per cent of loans collateralised by residential immovable property face increased sensitivity to physical climate change risk. The indicator sea level rise was not computed for the Baltic region.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


114

Section 22 - Disclosure of exposures to crypto assets

Template EU CAE1 – Exposures to crypto-assets, CRR Article 501d(2)

Swedbank does not have any exposures to crypto-assets, hence EU CAE1 is not applicable.

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


115

Disclosure of MREL TLAC

Template EU KM2 - Key metrics, MREL, CRR Article 447(h) and BRRD Article 45i(3) (a,c)

a b c d e f
Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) G-SII Requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (TLAC)
SEKm 31 Dec 2025 31 Dec 2025 30 Sep 2025 30 Jun 2025 31 Mar 2025 31 Dec 2024
Own funds and eligible liabilities, ratios and components
1 Own funds and eligible liabilities 408 319
EU-1a Of which own funds and subordinated liabilities 326 361
2 Total risk exposure amount of the resolution group (TREA) 932 090
3 Own funds and eligible liabilities as a percentage of the TREA 43.81%
EU-3a Of which own funds and subordinated liabilities 35.01%
4 Total exposure measure (TEM) of the resolution group 2 761 434
5 Own funds and eligible liabilities as percentage of the TEM 14.79%
EU-5a Of which own funds or subordinated liabilities 11.82%
6a Does the subordination exemption in Article 72b(4) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 apply? (5% exemption)
6b Aggregate amount of permitted non-subordinated eligible liabilities instruments if the subordination discretion in accordance with Article 72b(3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 is applied (max 3.5% exemption)
6c If a capped subordination exemption applies in accordance with Article 72b (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, the amount of funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that is recognised under row 1, divided by funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that would be recognised under row 1 if no cap was applied (%)
Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)
EU-7 MREL expressed as a percentage of the TREA 28.65%
EU-8 Of which to be met with own funds or subordinated liabilities 21.58%
EU-9 MREL expressed as a percentage of the TEM 6.00%
EU-10 Of which to be met with own funds or subordinated liabilities 6.00%

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU TLAC1 – Composition, MREL, BRRD Article 45i.3(b)

31 December 2025 a b c
SEKm Own funds and eligible liabilities and adjustments Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) G-SII requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (TLAC) Memo item: Amounts eligible for the purposes of MREL, but not of TLAC
1 Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) 166 099 166 099
2 Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) 15 140 15 140
3 Empty set in the EU
4 Empty set in the EU
5 Empty set in the EU
6 Tier 2 capital (T2) 23 244 23 244
7 Empty set in the EU
8 Empty set in the EU
11 Own funds for the purpose of Articles 92a of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and 45 of Directive 2014/59/EU 204 483 204 483
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Non-regulatory capital elements
12 Eligible liabilities instruments issued directly by the resolution entity that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered) 122 360 122 360
EU-12a Eligible liabilities instruments issued by other entities within the resolution group that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)
EU-12b Eligible liabilities instruments that are subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 27 June 2019 (subordinated grandfathered)
EU-12c Tier 2 instruments with a residual maturity of at least one year to the extent they do not qualify as Tier 2 items
13 Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered pre-cap) 78 301 78 301
EU-13a Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 27 June 2019 (pre-cap) 4 157 4 157
14 Amount of non subordinated eligible liabilities instruments, where applicable after application of Article 72b (3) CRR 82 458 82 458
15 Empty set in the EU
16 Empty set in the EU
17 Eligible liabilities items before adjustments 204 818 203 836
EU-17a Of which subordinated liabilities items 122 360 121 878
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Adjustments to non-regulatory capital elements
18 Own funds and eligible liabilities items before adjustments 409 301 408 319
19 (Deduction of exposures between multiple point of entry (MPE) resolution groups)
20 (Deduction of investments in other eligible liabilities instruments) 982
21 Empty set in the EU
22 Own funds and eligible liabilities after adjustments 408 319 408 319
EU-22a Of which: own funds and subordinated liabilities 326 361
Risk-weighted exposure amount and leverage exposure measure of the resolution group
23 Total risk exposure amount (TREA) 932 090 932 090
24 Total exposure measure (TEM) 2 761 434 2 761 434
Ratio of own funds and eligible liabilities
25 Own funds and eligible liabilities as a percentage of TREA 43.81% 43.81%
EU-25a Of which own funds and subordinated liabilities 35.01%
26 Own funds and eligible liabilities as a percentage of TEM 14.79% 14.79%
EU-26a Of which own funds and subordinated liabilities 11.82%
27 CET1 (as a percentage of the TREA) available after meeting the resolution group's requirements 13.43%
28 Institution-specific combined buffer requirement
29 of which capital conservation buffer requirement
30 of which countercyclical buffer requirement
31 of which systemic risk buffer requirement
EU-31a of which Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer
Memorandum items
EU-32 Total amount of excluded liabilities referred to in Article 72a(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


Template EU TLAC3a – Creditor ranking – Resolution entity, MREL, BRRD Article 45i(3) (b)

31 December 2025 Insolvency ranking
SEKm 1 (most junior) 3 4 6 7 8 n (most senior)
1 Description of insolvency rank (free text) Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 2. Additional Tier 1 capital instruments Tier 2 capital instruments Senior non-preferred debt Senior unsecured debt Preferred deposits Sum of 1 to n
2 Liabilities and own funds 110 182 15 190 23 235 122 360 370 362 537 280 1 178 609
3 of which excluded liabilities 0
4 Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities 110 182 15 190 23 235 122 360 370 362 537 280 1 178 609
5 Subset of liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities that are own funds and liabilities potentially eligible for meeting MREL 110 182 15 190 23 235 122 360 83 585 444 354 997
6 of which residual maturity ≥ 1 year < 2 years 35 207 30 719 176 66 102
7 of which residual maturity ≥ 2 year < 5 years 75 837 52 172 265 128 274
8 of which residual maturity ≥ 5 years < 10 years 11 316 694 3 12 013
9 of which residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities 0
10 of which perpetual securities 110 182 15 190 23 235 0 148 607

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


118

Terminology and abbreviations

A-IRB Advanced Internal Ratings-Based Approach
AML Anti-Money Laundering
AT1 Additional Tier 1
AVA Additional Value Adjustment
Board Board of Directors of Swedbank AB (publ)
BRRD Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive 2014/59/EU
CCF Credit Conversion Factor
CCO Chief Compliance Officer
CCP Central Counterparty
CCR Counterparty Credit Risk
CEO Chief Executive Officer of Swedbank AB (publ)
CFO Chief Financial Officer
CRE Commercial Real Estate
CRO Chief Risk Officer
CRR Capital Requirements Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
CRR3 Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 amending the CRR
CS Consolidated Situation
CSA Credit Support Annex
CTF Counter Terrorist Financing
CVA Credit Valuation Adjustment
EAD Exposure at Default
EBA European Banking Authority
EC Economic Capital
ERM Policy Policy on Enterprise Risk Management
ESG Environmental, Social and Governance
F-IRB Foundation Internal Ratings Based Approach
GAAC Group Asset Allocation Committee
GEC Group Executive Committee
GRCC Group Risk and Compliance Committee
Group Swedbank Group
G-SII Global Systemically Important Institution
ICAAP Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards
ILAAP Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process
IRB Internal Ratings Based Approach
IRC Incremental default and migration risk
IRRBB Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
--- ---
ISDA International Swaps and Derivatives Association
KRI Key Risk Indicator
LCR Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LGD Loss Given Default
LR Leverage Ratio
MDB Multilateral Development Bank
MREL Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities
NPAP New Product Approval Process
NPL Non-performing Loans
NSFR Net Stable Funding Ratio
O-SII Other Systemically Important Institution
ORSA Own Risk and Solvency Assessment
OTC Over-the-Counter
Own funds The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital
Parent Company Swedbank AB (publ)
PD Probability of Default
PFE Potential Future Exposure
PSE Public Sector Entity
RCC Risk and Capital Committee
REA Risk Exposure Amount
RRE Residential Real Estate
RWA Risk Weighted Amount
RWEA Risk Weighted Exposure Amount
SA Standardised Approach
SA-CCR Standardised Approach for Measuring Counterparty Credit Risk Exposures
SFSA or Swedish FSA Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority
SFT Securities Financing Transaction
SME Small and Medium-sized Enterprise
SREP Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process
SSE Small-sized Enterprise
SVaR Stressed Value-at-Risk
Swedbank Swedbank Consolidated Situation
Swedbank Group Swedbank AB (publ) and all its underlying legal entities (regardless of percentages of holding)
T2 Tier 2
TEM Total Exposure Measure
TLAC Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity
TREA Total Risk Exposure Amount
TtC Through-the-Cycle
VaR Value-at-Risk
WWR Wrong Way Risk

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025


119

Signatures of the Board of Directors, the President and the CFO

The Chair of Risk and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors, the President and CEO and the CFO hereby attest that the disclosures in Swedbank's Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report (Pillar 3), provided according to Part Eight of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, have been prepared in accordance with the internal controls and procedures set out in Swedbank's Policy on Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, approved by the Board of Directors. The Policy on Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

stipulates the general principles that apply for the control processes and structures regarding the disclosure of risk and capital adequacy information in Swedbank. The policy ensures that the disclosed information is subject to effective, timely and adequate internal controls and monitoring structures. Furthermore, the policy outlines the distinguished responsibilities in the process and the frequency of the reporting.

Stockholm, 19 February 2026

Per Olof Nyman
Chair of Risk and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors

Jens Henriksson
President and CEO

Jon Lidefelt
Chief Financial Officer

SWEDBANK

Risk Management and Capital Adequacy Report – Pillar 3 – Q4 2025